AU2004202375A1 - Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants - Google Patents

Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants Download PDF

Info

Publication number
AU2004202375A1
AU2004202375A1 AU2004202375A AU2004202375A AU2004202375A1 AU 2004202375 A1 AU2004202375 A1 AU 2004202375A1 AU 2004202375 A AU2004202375 A AU 2004202375A AU 2004202375 A AU2004202375 A AU 2004202375A AU 2004202375 A1 AU2004202375 A1 AU 2004202375A1
Authority
AU
Australia
Prior art keywords
group
hydrido
hydroxy
amino
carbon
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
AU2004202375A
Inventor
Ashton T Hamme
Darin E Jones
William Neumann
Melvin L. Rueppel
Michael S South
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Pharmacia LLC
Original Assignee
Pharmacia LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pharmacia LLC filed Critical Pharmacia LLC
Publication of AU2004202375A1 publication Critical patent/AU2004202375A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/47—One nitrogen atom and one oxygen or sulfur atom, e.g. cytosine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04—Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/02—Non-specific cardiovascular stimulants, e.g. drugs for syncope, antihypotensives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D253/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D251/00
    • C07D253/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D251/00 not condensed with other rings
    • C07D253/06—1,2,4-Triazines
    • C07D253/065—1,2,4-Triazines having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D253/07—1,2,4-Triazines having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms, or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Description

AUSTRALIA
PATENTS ACT 1990 REGULATION 3.2 Name of Applicant: Actual Inventor/s: Address for Service: PHARMACIA CORPORATION MICHAEL S. SOUTH; ASHTON T. HAMME II; WILLIAM NEUMANN; DARIN E. JONES; and MELVIN L. RUEPPEL.
E. F. WELLINGTON CO., Patent and Trade Mark Attorneys, 312 St. Kilda Road, Melbourne, Southbank, Victoria, 3006.
Invention Title: "SUBSTITUTED POLYCYCLIC ARYL AND HETEROARYL PYRYMIDINONES USEFUL AS ANTICOAGULANTS" Details of Associated Provisional Applications Nos: The following statement is a full description of this invention including the best method of performing it known to us.
Cross-Reference to Related Applications This application is a 'divisional' of Australian Patent Application No.
49734/00, which application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Field of the Invention This invention is in the field of anticoagulant therapy, and specifically relates to compounds, compositions and methods for preventing and treating thrombotic conditions such as coronary artery and cerebrovascular disease.
More particularly, the invention relates to substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidinone compounds that inhibit serine proteases of the coagulation cascade.
Background of the Invention Physiological systems control the fluidity of blood in mammals [Majerus, P. W. et al: Anticoagulant, Thrombolytic, and Antiplplatelet Drugs.
In Hardman, J. G. and Limbird, L. editors: Goodman Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. 9th edition. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1996, pp. 1341-1343]. Blood must remain fluid within the vascular systems and yet be able to undergo hemostasis, cessation of blood loss from a damaged vessel, quickly. Hemostasis or clotting begins when platelets first adhere to macromolecules in subendothelian regions of an injured and/or damaged vessels. These platelets aggregate to form the primary hemostatic plug and stimulate local activation of plasma coagulation factors leading to generation of a fibrin clot that reinforces the aggregated platelets.
Plasma coagulation factors include factors II, V, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, and XII; these are also called protease zymogens. These coagulation factors or protease zymogens are activated by serine proteases leading to coagulation in a so called "coagulation cascade" or chain reaction [Handin, R. Bleeding and Thrombosis. In Wilson, et al. editors: Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine. 12th Edition, New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1991,p 3 Coagulation or clotting occurs in two ways through different pathways. An intrinsic or contact pathway leads from XII to XIIa to XIa to IXa and to the conversion of X to Xa. Xa with factor Va converts prothrombin (II) to thrombin (IIa) leading to conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin. Polymerization of fibrin leads to a fibrin clot An extrinsic pathway is initiated by the conversion of coagulation factor VII to VIIa by Xa. The presence of Tissue Factor and Vila accelerates formation of Xa in the presence of calcium ion and phospholipids. Formation of Xa leads to thrombin, fibrin, and a fibrin clot as described above. The presence of one or more of these many different coagulation factors and two distinct pathways of clotting could enable the efficacious, selective control and better understanding of parts of the coagulation or clotting process.
While clotting as a result of an injury to a blood vessel is a critical physiological process for mammals such as man, clotting can also lead to disease states. A pathological process called thrombosis results when platelet aggregation and/or a fibrin clot blocks occludes) a blood vessel. Arterial thrombosis may result in ischemic necrosis of the tissue supplied by the artery.
When the thrombosis occurs in a coronary artery, a myocardial infarctior or heart attack can result. A thrombosis occurring in a vein may cause tissues drained by the vein to become edematous and inflamed. Thrombosis of a deep vein may be complicated by a pulmonary embolism. Preventing or treating clots in a blood vessel may be therapeutically useful by inhibiting formation of blood platelet aggregates, inhibiting formation of fibrin, inhibiting thrombus formation, inhibiting embolus formation, and for treating or preventing unstable angina, refractory angina, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attacks, atrial fibrillation, thrombotic stroke, embolic stroke, deep vein thrombosis, disseminated intravascular coagulation, ocular build up of fibrin, and reocclusion or restenosis of recanalized vessels.
There have been several reports of non-peptidic and peptidic pyrimidinone compounds that act as an inhibitor of a coagulation factor present in the coagulation cascade or clotting process. In PCT Patent Application WO 98/47876, Van Boeckel et al. describe peptidic 6-alkylpyridones and 2alkylpyrimidinones as anti-thrombotic compounds. In PCT Patent Application WO 98/16547, Zhu and Scarborough describe 3 -(N-heterocyclylamino)4,5,6substituted-pyridonylacetamides and 2 4 pyrimidinonyl-acetamides containing amide substituents and having activity against mammalian factor Xa. In US Patent 5,656,645, Tamura et al. describe 4,5,6-substituted-3-aminopyridonyl-acetamides, 1,6-substituted-5aminouracinylacetamides, and 2 acetamides containing amide substituents having a formyl function and having activity against thrombin. In US Patent 5,658,930, Tamura et al. again describe 4 5 6 -substituted-3-aminopyridonyl-acetamides, 1,6-substituted-5aminouracinylacetamides, and 2,4-substituted-5aminopyrimidinonylacetamides containing amide substituents having a formyl function and having activity against thrombin. In PCT Patent Applications 96/18644 and 97/46207, Tamura et al.further describe 4 5 6 -substituted-3-aminopyridonylacetamides, 1,6-substituted-5-aminouracinyl-acetamides, and 2,4-substituted-5-aminopyrimidinonylacetamides containing amide substituents having a formyl function and having activity against thrombin. In PCT Patent Application WO 98/09949, Suzuki et al. describe 2-heterocyclylacetamido derivatives of 1,2diketones and report that they inhibit proteases, especially chymase inhibitors.
As indicated above, the present patent application is a 'divisional' application derived from Australian Patent Application No. 49734/00. Objects and features of the present 'divisional' application will be in part apparent and in part pointed out hereinafter in referring to the description of the invention set out in the specification of the parent Australian Patent Application No. 49734/00, as follows: SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide compounds that are beneficial in anticoagulant therapy and that have a general structure: N R B K Y J Formula It is another object of the present invention to provide methods for preventing and treating thrombotic conditions, such as coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, and other coagulation related disorders. Such thrombotic conditions are prevented and treated by administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of compounds of Formula Various other objects and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following description of the invention.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to a class of compounds comprising Substituted Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl pyrimidinones, which are beneficial in anticoagulant therapy for the treatment and prevention of a variety of thrombotic conditions including coronary artery and cerebrovascular disease, as given in Formula
N
R2 M r B K N K yO J
(I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; J is selected from the group consisting of 0 and S; J is optionally selected from the group consisting of CH-R 6 and N-R 6 wherein R is a linear spacer moiety having a chain length of 1 to 4 atoms linked to the point of bonding of a substituent selected from the group 4a 4b 39 40 5 14 15 consisting of R 4 a R R 3 9 R R R 14 and R 15 to form a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members; J is optionally selected from the group consisting of CH-R 6 and N-R 6 wherein R is a linear spacer moiety having a chain length of 1 to 4 atoms linked to the points of bonding of both R 4 a and R 4 b to form a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members; J is optionally selected from the group consisting of CH-R 6 and N-R 6 6 wherein R is a linear spacer moiety having a chain length of 1 to 4 atoms linked to the points of bonding of both R 3 9 and R 4 0 to form a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members; B is formula R322 J1V) 1 2 12 1 wherein D D J J and K are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 1 21 2 1 than one can be acovalent bond, no more than one of D D J J and K is 1 21 2 1 1 21 2 0, nomore than one of D D ,Ji J and K is S, one of D D J J and 1 1 2 12 1 K must be acovalent bond when two of D D J J and K are 0and S, and no more than four ofDb D J J and K are Nwith the proviso that 32 33 34 35 36 R ,R ,R R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetr-avalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogren, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen;
R
9 ,R10,11,1213R16R17R18R19R32R33R34 and R 36are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amnidino, guanidino, dial kyl sulfoni um, trial kylphosphonium, dial kylsulfoniumalkyl, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aryloylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aral kylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloal kyl sulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylazrino-N-alklaniino, heteroarylaminoalklI haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloal koxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloaklal koxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloal kenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalcyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, tbio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alklthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, aryitioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylakl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkyl sulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, al kylsulfonainido, alkylarninosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylamridosulfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylamnidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl arnidosulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroaryithio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl thio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylal kanoyl, cycloal kenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, al kylenylamino, hydoxyheteroaraikyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylanido, arylamidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxy, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl; 16 19 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R R R and R are independently optionally Q bwith the proviso that no more than one of R 16and R 19isQ bat the same time and that Q bisQ b 32 33 33 34 34 35 35 36 R and R R and R R and R ,and R and R are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken togyether to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contigouous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring havinga 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 3 2 and R 3 3
R
3 3 and R 3 4
R
34 and R 3 5 and R 3 and R 3 6 are used at the same time; 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 R and R R and R R and R ,and R and R are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 9 and R 10
R
10 and R 1 1 a n d Rnd R 12 and R 12 13 and R 13 are used at the same time; B is optionally formula (VI):
R
3 3
\R
3 4 J3 R\ 2 D /N
(VI)
wherein D D 4 J and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, and S, no more than one of D 3
D
4 J3, and J4 is O, no more than one ofD 3
D
4 J and J4 is S, and no more than three of D D 2 1 2 32 33 34 J1, and J are N with the proviso that R 3 2
R
3 3
R
3 4 and R areeach independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C2-C8 haloalkyl, and C3-C8 haloalkenyl wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 3 2
R
3 3
R
3 4
R
3 5 and R 3 6 B is optionally selected from the group consisting of C3-C15 cycloalkyl, C5-C10 cycloalkenyl, C4-C12 saturated heterocyclyl, and C4-C9 partially saturated heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally 33 substituted with R 3 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A is optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbon and nitrogen atoms adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is 9 13 optionally substituted with R or R a ring carbon or nitrogen atom adjacent R9 to the Rposition and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 1 a ring carbon or nitrogen atom adjacent to the R 1 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted 12 with R a ring carbon or nitrogen atom three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R1 0 position is optionally substituted with R 1 1 a ring carbon or nitrogen atom three atoms from the point of attachment and 12 33 adjacent to the R position is optionally substituted with R and a ring carbon or nitrogen atom four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 1 and R 3 positions is optionally substituted with R34 A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, (W)rr-(CH(R15)pa and (CH(R15))pa 7) wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 6, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(0)S, C(S)O, C(O)N(R C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(O), (R
S()
2 N(R (R 7)NS(O) 2 Se(O), Se(O) 2 Se(O) 2 N(R (R )NSe(O) 2 P(OXR N(R P(O)(R8)N(R C(NR (R 7)NC(NR7), (R 7)NC(NR 7)NR 7, and N(R 7) with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of rr and pa is 0 at the same time; Rand R 8are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, alkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkylthio, alkylamino, arylthio, arylamino, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaral koxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl oxy, heteroarylanu no, heteroaralkyl, heteroaralkyloxy, heteroaralkylamino, and heteroaryloxyalkyl; 14 15 37 38 39 40 41 4 R R R R R ,R and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of ainidino, hydroxyamino, hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamnino, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroar-yloxyalkyl, sulfhydryl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkylalkoxy, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxythioalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, aryl thioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially satur-ated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, heteroaralkyl thioalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, al kylsulfinyl, al kylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfinyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, ar-alkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfonyl, cycloal kylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloal kylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, carboxamidoalkyl, carboaralkoxy, trialkylsilyl, dialkoxyphosphono, diaralkoxyphosphono, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl with the proviso that R 3 7 and R 3 8 are independently selected from other than formyl and 2-oxoacyl; 14 14 R and R when bonded to different carbons, are optionally taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of covalent bond, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a linear moiety spacer selected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members; 14 R and R when bonded to different carbons, are optionally taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of covalent bond, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a linear moiety spacer selected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
R
1 and R 1 when bonded to different carbons, are optionally taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of covalent bond, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a linear moiety spacer selected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members; P is selected from the group consisting of NR 5 0,
S,
S(0) 2 ON(R5), P(0)(R and CR39R40
R
5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, alkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, xnonocarboalkoxy, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocarboxamido, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, and dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl; 39 R and R when bonded to the same carbon, are optionally taken together to form a group selected from a group consisting of oxo, thiono, R N, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a linear moiety spacer having from 2 through 7 contiguious atoms to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguious members; M is selected from the group consisting of N andRI-C R2and Ri are indepenidently selected from the group consisting of Z Q, hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, and halo; Riis optionally selected from the group consisting of amino, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, arnidino, guanidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, hydroxyal kyl, alkoxyamrino, thiol, alkylthio, dialkylsulfonium, trialkyiphosphonium, dialkylsulfoniumalkyl, heteroarylamino, nitro, arylamino, aralkylamino, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, -aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, hydroxyhaloalkyl, cyano, and phosphono; R2is optionally selected from the group consisting of amidino, ,guanidino, dialkylsulfonium, trial kyiphosphonium, dialkylsulfoniumalkyl, heteroarylamino, amino, nitro, alkylamino, arylamino, aralkylamino, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, hydroxyhaloalkyl, cyano, and phosphono;
R
2 and R 4 a, R2 and R4b' R 2 and R 14, and R2 and R 15 are optionally independently selected to form spacer pairs wherein a spacer pair is taken tog-ether to form a linear moiety having from 2 through 5 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members with the proviso that no more than one of the group of spacer pairs consisting of R 2 and
R
4 a, R 2 and R 4 b, R 2 and R 1 4 and R 2 and R 15 is used at the same time;
R
2 is optionally independently selected to form a linear moiety having from 2 through 5 contiguous atoms linked to the points of bonding of both R 4 a and R4b to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members; Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, 41 42 4 (CR41 R 42)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 6, (CH(R41 W-(CH(R42)p wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 0 through 3 and W is selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(S), C(0)0, C(S)O, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R41), (R41)NC(0), C(S)N(R41) (R41 OC(0)N(R41), (R 41)NC(0)0, SC(S)N(R41), (R41)NC(S)S, SC(0)N(R41), (R41 )NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R41), (R41)NC(S)O, N(R42)C(O)N(R 41), (R41 )NC(0)N(R 42), N(R42)C(S)N(R 41), (R41 )NC(S)N(R42), S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R41), N(R 41)S(0) 2 Se, Se(O), Se(O) 2 Se(0) 2 N(R41 N(R41)Se(0) 2 P(0)(R N(R7)P(0)(R8, P(O)(R 8
)N(R
7
N(R
4 1
ON(R
4 1 and SiR 2 8
R
2 9 and (CH(R 4 1 ))e-W 2 2 (CH(R42))h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and 2 is selected from the group consisting of CR41 =CR42 CR41 R 42--C; vinylidene), ethynylidene (CaC; 1.2-ethynyl), 1, 2 -cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2-cyclohexyl, 13-cyclohexyl, 1,2-cyclopentyl, 13cyclopentyl, 23-morpholinyl, 2 4 -morpholinyl, 2, 6 -morpholinyl, 3,4morpholinyl, 3,5-morpholinyl, 1,2-piperazinyl, 1,3-piperazinyl, 2,3piperazinyl, 2,6-piperazinyl, I ,2-piperidinyl, I ,3-piperidinyl, 2 ,3-piperidinyl, 2 ,4-piperidinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3 ,4-piperidinyl, 1 ,2-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,5-pyr-rolidinyl, 3,4pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, with the provisos that R 41and R 42are selected from other than halo and cyano when directly bonded to N and Z 0is directly bonded to the pyrimidinone ring: 28 and R 29are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, acyl, aroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaroyl,. aralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkyl thioalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalk yl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, baloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloal kenyloxyalkyl, perh.Uoaryl, perhal oaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl thioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, cyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxarnidoalkyl, dicarboxamidoalkyl, cyanocarboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, cyanocycloalkyl, dicyanocycloalkyl, carboxarnidocycloalkyl, dicarboxamidocycloalkyl, carboalkoxycyanocycloalkyl, carboalkoxycycloalkyl, dicarboalkoxycycloalkyl, formylakl, acylalkyl, azylsulfinylal kyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylal kyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylakyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, carboxy, dialkoxyphosphono, diaralkoxyphosphono, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl and diaral koxyphosphonoalkyl; R 28and R 29are optionally taken together to form a linear moiety spacer having from 2 through 7 contiguous atoms and formning a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous 3 0t; m e m e r s a c yCak n l r n a i n r m 3 t r u h 8 c n t g o s m m e s n h0eer acyclleyl ring havina from 3 through 8 contiguous members n Q is formula (11):
R
9 D I D2 1 R R 3
D
1 21 2 1 wherein D D J and K are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D D 1 J and K can be 0, no more than one of D, D J 1 ,J and K can be S, one of D D2 J ,2 and K 1 must be a covalent bond when two of D J J2 and 1 121 2 1 K are 0 and S, and no more than four of D D 2 J J and K can be N, 9 10 11 12 13 with the proviso that R R R R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; Q is optionally selected from formula (III): \3 R R12 3 4 3 4
(III)
wherein D 3 D J and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, and S, no more than one of D 3 D J and J is O, no 15 more than one of D3 D43 and 4 is S, and no more than three of D D 2 more than one of D D J and J is S, and no more than three of D D 1, 2 9 10 11 12 J ,and J are Nwith the proviso that R R R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen, Q is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, haloalkyithia, alkenyl, alkynyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalcyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, and halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl with the proviso that ZO is selected from other than a single covalent bond when Q is hydrido; Kis (CR 4aR 4b). wherein n is an integer selected from 1 through 4, R 4aand R 4bare independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl ,amlkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, cyanoalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, and aralkylsulfonylalkyl with the provisos that halo, hydroxy, and cyano are bonded to different carbons when simultaneously present and that Ra and R 4 are other than hydroxy or cyano when bonded to the carbon directly bonded to the pyrim-idinone nitrogen; 4a 4b R and R when bonded to the same carbon, are optionally taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of oxo, thiono, and a linear spacer moiety having from 2 through 7 contiguous atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having 3 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members with the proviso that R 4aand R 4btaken together is other than oxo or thiono when the common carbon is directly bonded to the pyrimidinone nitrogen; is 4a 4b1 EiEwhen K is (CR R wherein E is selected from the consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, C(0)0, C(S)O, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R (R 7)NC(O), C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S), OC(0)N(R (R 7)NC(0)0, SC(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)S, SC(0)N(R 7), 7 7 7 8 7 (R )NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R (R )NC(S)0, N(R )C(0)N(R (R 7)NC(O)N(R N(R 8)C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)N(R S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R N(R 7)S(0) 2
S(O)
2 N(R C(0)N(R 7)S(0)2, Se, Se(O), Se(O) 2 Se(O) 2 N(R N(R 7)Se(0) 2 P(O)(R N(R 7)P(0)(R )8 8 7 7 7 .28 29 4a 4b P(O)(R8)N(R N(R ON(R SIR R CR =CR ethynylidene (CmC; 1,2-ethynyl), and C=CR 4tR 4 K is optionally selected to be (CH(R 14 -T whereinj is selected from a integer from 0 through 3 and T is selected from the group consisting of sin gle covalent bond, 0, S, and N(R 7) with the provisos that R 14is other than hydroxy, cyano, halo, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, and sulfhydryl when j is I and that (CH(R 14))j is bonded to the pyrimidinone ring; eis optionally E2 hnK is (CH(R 14 ))-,weenE2iselcd from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, C(0)0, C(S)0, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R (R 7)NC(0), C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S), (R 7)NC(0)0, (R 7)NC(S)S, (R 7)NC(O)S, (R 7)NC(S)0, N(R 8)C(0)N(R 7), (R 7)NC(0)N(R N(R 8)C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)N(R S(0) 2
S(O)
2 N(R N(R
S(O)
2 C(O)N(H-)S(O) 2 Se(O, Se(O) 2 Se(O) 2 N(R N(R 7)Se(O) 2 P(O)(R N(R 7)P(O)(R 8, P(O)(R )N(R and N(R7); K is optionally selected to be G-(CH(R 15 )k wherein k is -selected from an integer from 1 through 3 and G is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, and N(R 7) with the proviso that R 15is other than hydroxy, cyano, halo, amino, alkylainino, dialkylam-ino, and sulfbydryl when k is 1; .EO is optionally E 3when K is G-(CH(R 15)) wherein E3 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, C(S), C(0)0, C(S)0, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R )7 (R 7)NC(0), C(S)N(R 7), (R OC(0)N(R )7 (R 7)NC(0)0, SC(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)S, SC(0)N(R (R 7)NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)0, N(R 8)C(0)N(R 7 8 8 7 7 8 (R )NC(O)N(R N(R )C(S)N(R (R )NC(S)N(R S(0)2,
S(O)
2 N(R N(R 7)S(0) 2 Se, Se(0), Se(0) 2 Se(O) 2 N(R N(R 7)Se(0) 2 P(0)(R N(R 7)P(0)(R P(0)(R 8)N(R N(R ON(R SiR 2R29 CR 4a=CR 4, ethynylidene 1 ,2-ethynyl), and C=CR 4R 4 b.
-'is foffmula.(IV):
S
R
7 ~18 6 Qb
(IV)
wherein D D 6 J 5, and J6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K is independently selected from the group consisting of C and N no more than one of D 5
D
6 and J6 is O, no more 56 5 6 5 6 5 6 thanoneof D D ,and is S, one of D D 6 5, and J must be a covalent bond when two of D D J and J6 are 0 and S, no more than 6 5 6 2 three of D D and J are N when K is N and no more than four of 6 5 6 2 1617 D ,D ,J ,andJ are N when K is carbon with the provisos that R 6, R17 R 18, and R19 are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen;
R
16 and R 17 are independently optionally taken together to form a linear moiety spacer having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl having from through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl; 18 19 R and R are independently optionally taken together to form a linear moiety spacer having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl having from through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 NR20R21 R 22, oxy, alkyl, aminoalkylenyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, dialkylsulfoniumalkyl, acylamino and Qb wherein Q is hydrido and R 2 0 21 22 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amino, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aminoalkylenyl,alkylamino, dialkylamino, and hydroxyalkyl with the provisos that no more than one of R 2 0
R
2 1 and R 2 is hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, and dialkylamino at the same time and that R 2 R and R must be other than be hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, and dialkylamino when K 2 is N+; 20 21 20 22 21 22
R
2 0 and R 2 1
R
2 0 and R, and R and R 2 are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 4 through 7 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 2 0 and R 2 1
R
2 0 and R 2 2 and 21 22.
R
2 1 and R is used at the same time; Qb is optionally selected from the group consisting of N(R26)SO 2 N(R N(R26)C(O)OR5, N(R26)C(O)SR5 N(R26)C(S)OR5 and N(R26)C(S)SR5 with the proviso that no more than one 23 24 26 of R R and R can be hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyleneamino, alkylamino, amino, or dialkylamino when two of the group consisting of R 2 3
R
2 4 and 26 R are bonded to the same atom; Qb is optionally selected from the group consisting of dialkylsulfonium, trialkylphosphonium,
C(NR
2 5 NR R 2 4 N(R26)C(NR )N(R23 )R(24 26)C()N(R)(R 2 4 N(R )C(S)N(R )(R 2 4 C(NR25)OR C(O)N(R26)C(NR25 )N(R C(S)N(R26)C(NR )N(R )(R24), 26 26 25 N(23 24 26 25 N(23 R24 N(R 26)N(R 26)C(NR )N(R ON(R 26)C(NR )N(R)(R24), N(R26 )N(R 26)SO 2 N(R)(R 24), C(NR 25)SR 5, C(O)NR R 24, and 2324 23 24 26 C(O)NR3 R with the provisos that no more than one of R R and R can be hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, or dialkylamino when any two of 23 24 26 the group consisting of R R24 and R26 are bonded to the same atom and that said Qb group is bonded directly to a carbon atom; 23 24 25 26 R R24 R25 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylenylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, and hydroxyalkyl: R and R24 are optionally taken together to form a linear spacer moiety having from 4 through 7 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding to form a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members; 23 25 24 25 25 26 24 26 23 R and R, R andR ,R and R6 R4 and R26, and R and 26 R26 are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together from the points of bonding of selected spacer pair members to form the group L-U-V wherein L, U, and V are independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(JH) 2
SO
2 OP(OR31 3030 30 31 30 31 P(O)R0, P(S)R30 C(R30 )R C=C(R30)R3, (0) 2
POP(O)
2 R30 (O)POP(O)R Si(R29)R28, Si(R29 )R28Si(R 29)R28 29 28 29 28 28 29 28 29 28 29 28 29 Si(R29)R8 Si(R 9)R (R28 )R9COC(R 8)R (R28)RCSC(R 8)R2 C(O)C(R30)=C(R31), C(S)C(R3)-C(R3 S(O)C(R30)=C(R 1), 3 0 30 30 30)CR 31)
SO
2 C(R30)=C(R PR30C(R30 R P(O)R30C(R 1) P(S)R 30C(R30)=C(R31), DC(R30)(R3 OP(OR 31)R30, P(O)R30, Si(R28)R2 and N(R 30), and a covalent bond with the proviso that no more than any two of I, U and V are simultaneously covalent bonds and the heterocyclyl comprised of by 1, U, and V has from 5 through 10 contiguous member, D is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, C=O, C=S, S( 0 )m wherein mn is an integer selected from 0 through 2; Ili is independently selected from the group consisting of OR 27, SR 27and 21 N(R )R, R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, alkyl sulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkyithi oalkyl, heteroaralkyithi oalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, baloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, arylsulfin~ylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, ar-alkylsulfinylalkyl and aralkylsulfonylalkyl; R 30and R 31are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, thiol, aryloxy, amino, alkylaniino, dialkylamrino, hydroxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyithia, ax-ylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, ar-alkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aral kylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxythioalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, al kenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, hal oalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloaralkylsulfinylalkyl, aral kylsulfonylalkyl, cyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamidoalkyl, dicarboxamidoalkyl, cyanocarboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, cyanocyci oalkyl, dicyanocycloalkyl, carboxarnidocycloal kyl, dicarboxamidocycloalkyl, carboalkoxycyanocycloalkyl, carboalkoxycycloalkyl, dicarboalkoxycycloalkyl, formylalkyl, acylalkyl, dial koxyphosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl, phosphonoalkyl, dialkoxyphosphonoalkoxy, diaralkoxyphosphonoal koxy, phosphonoalkoxy, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl amino, diaralkoxyphosphonoalkylamino, phosphonoalkylamino, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl, sulfonylalkyl, alkoxysulfonylalkyl, aralkoxysulfonylalkyl, alkoxysulfonylalkoxy, aralkoxysulfonylalkoxy, sulfonylalkoxy, alkoxysulfonylalkylamino, aralkoxysulfonylalkylamino, and sulfonylalkylamino;
R
3 0 and R 3 1 are optionally taken to form a linear moiety spacer group having from 2 through 7 contiguous atoms to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members; 23 25 24 25 25 26 24 26 23 R and R R and R 2 R and R R and R and R and 26 R are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together from the points of bonding of selected spacer pair members to form the group L-U-V wherein L, U, and V are independently selected from the group of 1,2-disubstituted radicals consisting of a cycloalkyl radical, a cycloalkenyl radical wherein cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl radicals are substituted with one or more groups selected from R 3 0 and R 3 1 an aryl radical, an heteroaryl radical, a saturated heterocyclic radical and a partially saturated heterocyclic radical wherein said 1,2-substitutents are independently selected from C=S, C(R28)R32 S(0) 2
OP(OR
3
)R
3 0
P(O)R
3 0
P(S)R
3 0 and Si(R28)R29 23 25 R24 25 25 and R26 24 and R26 23 R and R R andR ,R a R 25
R
2 5 and R 2 6 R andR and R and 26 R are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together from the points of bonding of selected spacer pair members to form the group L-U-V wherein L, U, and V are independently selected from the group of radicals consisting of 1,2-disubstituted alkylene radicals and 1,2disubstituted alkenylene radical wherein said 1,2-substitutents are independently selected from C=O, C=S, C(R28)R29,
S(O)
2
OP(OR
3 )R30, P(O)R 3 0 P(S)R3 and Si(R 2)R 29and said alkylene and alkenylene radical are substituted with one or more R 3 0 or R 3 1 substituents; Q S is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond.
(R37 R38 (CR R)b-(W )az wherein az is an integer selected from 0 through 1, b is an integer selected from 1 through 4, and WC) is selected from the group consistingy of 0, S, C(0)0, C(S)0, C(O)S, C(S)S, C(O)N(R 1), (R 14)NC(0), C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S), OC(0)N(R 14), SC(S)N(R 14 SC(0)N(RI OC(S)N(R 14), N(R 15)C(0)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(0)N(R N(R 1)C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S)N(R 15), S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R 14), N(R 14)S(0) 2 Se, Se(O), Se(0) 2 Se(O) 2 N(R 17), N(R 1)Se(0) 2 P(0)(R N(R 7)P(0)(R P(0)(R 8)N(R N(R 14), ON(R 14), and SiR 28R 2 (CH(R 14))c-W I-(CH-(R 15 )d wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 4, and W Iis selected from the group consisting of 0, 14 14 C(0)0, C(S)0, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R (R )NC(0), C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S), OC(O)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(0)0, SC(S)N(R 1), (R 14)NC(S)S, SC(O).N(R 14), (R 14)NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R 14), (R1 )NC(S)0,- N(R 1)C(0)N(R (R 14)NC(0)N(R 15), N(R 15)C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S)N(R 15), S(0) 2
S(O)
2 N(R 14), N(R 14)S(0) 2 Se, Se(O), Se(0) 2 Se(0) 2 N(R 14), N(R 14)Se(0) 2 P(0)(R N(R 7)P(0)(R 8), 2 0 ,NR14 ON(R 1 4 ),SR 2 8R 2 9 n C( 4)eW (CH(R 1))h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and 2 is selected from the group consisting of CR41=CR 4 2 CR41 R 42C; vinylidene), ethynylidene 1,2-ethynyl), 1.
2 -cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2-cyclohexyl, 1,3-cyclohexyl, 1,2-cyclopentyl, 13cyclopentyl, 2,3-morpholinyl, 2,4-morpholinyl, 2,6-morpholinyl, 3,4morpholinyl, 3,5-morpholinyl, 1,2-piperazinyl, 13-piperazinyl, 23piperazinyl, 2,6-piperazinyl, 1,2-piperidinyl, 1,3-piperidinyl, 2,3-piperidinyl, 2,4-piperidinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3,4-piperidinyl, 1,2-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3pyrrolidinyl, 23-pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2,5-pyrrolidinyl, 3,4pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3 ,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, with the provisos that R14 and R 15are selected from other than halo and cyano when directly bonded to N and that (CR37 R 38)b (CH(R14))c, (CH(R 14))e and are bonded to Eo; 37 37 R and R when bonded to different carbons, are optionally taken together to form a linear moiety spacer having from 1 through 7 contiguous atoms to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members; 37 38 R and R when bonded to different carbons, are taken together to form a linear moiety spacer having from 1 through 7 contiguous atoms to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members; 38 38 R and R when bonded to different carbons, are taken together to form a linear moiety spacer having from 1 through 7 contiguous atoms to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members; 37 38 R and R when bonded to the same carbon, are taken together to form a group selected from a group consisting of oxo, thiono, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a linear moiety spacer having from 2 through 7 contiguous atoms to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl ring having from 3 through 8 contiguous members; YO is optionally Qb_Q wherein QSS is selected from the group 37 38 consisting of (CR R )f wherein f is an integer selected from 1 through 6, (CH(R1))-W -(CH(R wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 4, and W is selected from the group consisting of W 1 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(O)O, C(S)O, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R14), (R C(S)N(R14), (R14)NC(S), OC(0)N(R14),
(R
14 NC(O)O, SC(S)N(R14), (R14)NC(S)S, SC(0)N(R 14 (R14)NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R14), (R14)NC(S), N(R15)C(0)N(R14) (R 14)NC(O)N(R15), N(R 15)C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S)N(R 15), S(O), S(0)2, S(0)2N(R14), N(R14S()2 Se, Se(O), Se(0)2, Se(0)2N(R14) N(R14)Se(0)2, P(O)(R N(R7)P(O)(R P(O)(R N(R14), ON(R SiRR29, and (CH(R14))e-W-(CH(R5)h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and W 2 is selected from the 4a 4b group consisting of CR =CR4, ethynylidene 1,2-ethynyl), and C=CR4 R with the provisos that R14 and R 15 are selected from other than halo and cyano when directly bonded to N, that (CR 37 R38)f, (CH(R 15 and (CH(R 15))e are bonded to E and Qb is selected from other than N(R 26)N(R 26)C(NR 25)N(R 23)(R 2) or ON(R 2)C(NR 25)N(R 23)(R 2) when QSS is (CR 37R 38)f wherein f is other than the integer 1; Y soptionally QbQ sss wherein Qssis (CH(R 3 8 tW3risa integer selected from 1 through 3, W3is selected from the group consisting of 1,1 -cyclopropyl, 1 ,2-cyclopropyl, 1,1 -cyclobutyl, 1 ,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2cyclohexyl, 1 ,3-cyclohexyl, 1 ,4-cyclohexyl, 1 2 -cyclopentyl, I .3-cyclopentyl, 2,3-morpholinyl, 2,4-morpholinyl, 2,5-rnorpholinyl, 2,6-morpholinyl, 3,4morpholinyl, 3 ,5-morpholinyl, 1 ,2-piperazinyl, 1 3 -piperazinyl, 1,4piperazinyl, 2,3-piperazinyl, 2,5-piperazinyl, 2,6-piperazinyl, 1 ,2-piperidinyl, 1,3-piperidinyl, 1,4-piperidinyl, 2,3-piperidinyl, 2,4-piperidinyl, pipei-idinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3,4-piperi dinyl, 3 ,5-piperidinyl, 3 ,6-piperidinyl, 1 ,2-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,4-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 3,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2H-2,3-pyranyl, 2H-2,4-pyranyl, 2H-2,5pyranyl, 4H-2,3-pyranyl, 4H-2,4-pyranyl, 4H-2,5-pyranyl, 2H-pyran-2-one- 3,4-yl, 2H-pyran-2-one-4,5-yI, 4H-pyran-4-one-2,3-yl, 2,3tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,5-tetrahydrofuranyl, 3,Atetrahydrofuranyl, 2,3-tetrahydropyranyl, 2A4-tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 2, 6 -tetrahydropyranyl, 3,A-tetrahydropyranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl, and each carbon and hynido containing nitrogen member of the ringa of the W3other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted 9 10 11 12 with one or more of the group consisting of R R R and R with the proviso that (CH(R 38))r is bonded to E0and Q b ii-bonded to lowest numbered substituent position of eachW Yis optionally Q bQsssr wherein Qsssr is (CH(R 3 8 )-4,risa integaer selected from 1 througoh 3, W 4is selected from the group consisting of 1 ,2-cyclobutyl, 1 ,2-cyclohexyl, 1 3 -cyclohexyl, I ,4-cyclohexyl, 1,2cyclopentyl, 1 ,3-cyclopentyl, 2,3 -morpholinyl, 2,4-morpholinyl, rnorpholinyl, 2,6-morpholi nyl, 3 4 -morpholinyl, 3 ,5-morpholinyl, 1,2piperazinyl, 1 ,3-piperazinyl, 1 ,4-piperazinyl, 2,3-piperazinyl, 2,6-piperazinyl, 1 ,2-piperidinyl, 1,3 -piperidinyl, 1 ,4-piperidinyl, 2,3piperidinyl, 2,4-piperidinyl, 2,5-piperidinyl, 2 6 -piperidinyl, 3 4 -piperidinyl, 3 6 -piperidinyl, 1 ,2-pyrrolidinyl, I ,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2.3pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,4-pyrralidinyl, 2,5-pyrrolidinyl, 3 ,A-pyrrolidinyl, 2H-2,3 pyranyl, 2H-2,4-pyranyl, 2H-2,5-pyranyl, 4H-2,3-pyranyl, 4 H-2,4--pyranyl, 4H-2,5-pyranyl, 2H-pyran-2-one-3 4 -yl, 2H-pyran-2-oneA,5.yl, 4H-pyran- 4-one-2,3-yl, 2,3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2A4-tetrahydrofuranyl. tetrahydrofuranyl, 3 4 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 3 -tetrahydropyranyl, 2,4tetrahydropyranyl, 2 ,5-tetrahydropyranyl, 2 6 -tetrahydropyranyl, 3,4tetrahydropyranyl, and 3 ,S-tetrahydropyranyl, and each carbon and hydri do containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W 4other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of 9 10 11 12 38 0 R R R and R with the provisos that (CH(R is bonded to E and Q bis bonded to highest number substituent position of each W; Y 0 ~is optionally QbQ SSSS wherein Qssss is (CH(R 3 8 intege seece frm1Whouh3 is selected from the group consisting of 1,4-indenyl, 1,5-indenyl, 1,6-indenyl, 1,7-indenyl, 2,7-indenyl, 2,6-indenyl, 2,A-indenyl, 3,4-indenyl, 3,5-indenyl, 3,6-indenyl, 3,7-indenyl, 2 ,4-benzofuranyl, 2 ,5-benzofuranyl, 2,6-benzofuranyl, 2, 7 -benzofuranyl, 3 .4-benzofuranyl, 3 ,5-benzofuranyl, 3 6 -benzofuranyl, 3 ,7-benzofuranyl, 2 4 -benzothiophenyl, 2 ,5-benzothiophenyl, 2 ,6-benzothiophenyl, 2,7benzothiophenyl, 3 ,4-benzothiophenyl, 3 ,5-benzothiophenyl, 3,6benzothiophenyl, 3 ,7-benzothiophenyl, 2,4-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, imridazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2.6-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,7-imidazo( 1,2a)pyridinyl, 3 ,4-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,5-.imidazo( 1,2-a)pyri dinyl, 3,6iniidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,7-imidazo(1I, 2 -a)pyridinyl, 2,4-indolyl, indolyl, 2,6-indolyl, 2,7-indolyl, 3 ,4-indolyl, 3 ,5-indolyl, 3 ,6-indolyl, 3,7indolyl, 1 ,4-isoindolyl, 1 ,5-isoindolyl, 1 ,6-isoindolyl, 2,4-isoindolyl, isoi ndolyl, 2,6-isoindolyl, 2, 7 -isoindolyl, 1 ,3-isoindolyl, 3 ,4-indazolyl, indazolyl, 3 ,6-indazolyl, 3 ,7-indazolyl, 2,zl-benzoxazolyl, 2 6 -benzoxazolyl, 2,7-benzoxazolyl, 3 ,4-benzisoxazolyl, 3 3 ,6-benzisoxazolyl, 3 7 -benzisoxazolyl, 1 ,4-naphthyl, 1 ,5-naphthyl, 1,6naphthyl, 1 ,7-naphthyl, 1 ,8-naphthyl, 2,4-naphthyl, 2,5-naphthyl, 2,6naphthyl, 2,7-naphthyl, 2,8-naphthyl, 2,A-quinolinyl, 2,5-quinolinyl, 2,6quinolinyl, 2,7-quinolinyl, 2 ,8-quinolinyl, 3 A4-quinolinyl, 3 ,5-quinolinyl, 3,6quinolinyl, 3,7-quinolinyl, 3,8-q uinolinyl, 4 ,S5-quinolinyl, 4 ,6-quinolinyl, 4,7quinolinyl, 4,8-quinolinyl, 1 4 -isoquinolinyl, 1 ,5-isoquinolinyl, 1,6isoquinolinyl, I 7 -isoquinolinyl, 1 ,S-isoquinolinyl, 3 4 -isoquinolinyl, 1 soquinolinyl, 3 ,6-isoquinolinyl, 3 7 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,8-isoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 4,6-isoquinoli nyl, 4 7 -isoquinolinyl, 4 8 -isoquinolinyl, 3,4cinnolinyl, 3,5-cinnolinyl, 3 ,6-cinnolinyl, 3 7 -cianolinyl, 3 ,8-cinnolinyl, cinnolinyl, 4,6-cinnolinyl, 4 ,7-cinnolinyl, and 4, 8 -cinnolinyl, and each carbon and hydrido containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W5other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group 9 10 11 12 b consistingy of R R R and R with the proviso that Q is bonded to lowest number substituent position of each W 5and that (CH(R 38))r is bonded toE 0; Yis optionally Qb wherein Qsss is (CH(R 3 sa integer selected from 1 through 3, W 6is selected from the group consisting of 1 ,4-indenyl, 1 ,5-indenyl, 1 ,6-indenyl, 1 7 -indenyl, 2,7-indenyl, 2 ,6-indenyl, 2,4-indenyl, 3,4-i ndenyl, 3 ,5-indenyl, 3 ,6-indenyl, 3 ,7-indenyl, 2,4-benzofur-anyl, 2 ,5-benzofuranyl, 2,6-benzofuranyl, 2,7-benzofuranyl, 3 ,4-benzofuranyl, 3 ,5-benzofuranyl, 3 ,6-benzofuranyI, 3 7 -benzofuranyl, 2,4-benzothiophenyl, 2,5-benzothiophenyl, 2,6-benzothiophenyl, 2,7benzothiophenyl, 3 ,4-benzothiophenyl, 3 ,S-benzothiophenyl, 3,6benzothiophenyl, 3 7 -benzothiophenyl, 2,4-i midazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,6-imridazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,7-imidazo( 1,2a)pyridinyl, 3,4-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,5-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,6imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,7-imidazo( 1, 2 -a)pyridinyl, 2,4-indolyl, indolyl, 2,6-indolyl, 2,7-indolyl, 3A4-indolyl, 3,5-indolyl, 3,6-indolyl, 3,7indoly!, 1 ,4-isoindolyl, 1 ,5-isoi ndolyl, 1 6 -isoindolyl, 2,A-isoindolyl, isoindolyl, 2,6-isoindolyl, 2,7-i soindolyl, 1 ,3-isoindolyl, 3 ,4-indazolyl, indazolyl, 3 ,6-indazolyl, 3 ,7-indazolyl, 2 4 -benzoxazolyl, 2 ,6-benzoxazolyl, 2,7-benzoxazolyl, 3 4 -benzisoxazolyl, 3 3 ,6-benzisoxazolyl, 3 7 -benzisoxazolyl, 1,A-naphthyl, 1 ,5-naphthyl, 1,6naphthyl, 1,7-naphthyl, 1,8-naphthyl, 2,4-naphthyl, 2,5-naphthyl, 2,6naphthyl, 2,7-naphthyl, 2,8-naphthyl, 2,4-quinolinyl, 2 ,5-quinolinyl, 2,6.
quinolinyl, 2 7 -quinolinyl, 2,8-quinolinyl, 3 ,4-quinolinyl, 3 ,5-quinolinyl, 3.6quinolinyl, 3 7 -quinolinyl, 3 ,8-quinoli~nyl, 4,5-quinolinyl, 4 6 -quinolinyl, 4,7.
quinolinyl, 4 ,8-quinolinyl, I 4 -isoquinolinyl, 1 5 -isoquinolinyl, 1,6isoquinolinyl, 1 7 -isoquinolinyl, 1,8-i soquinolinyl, 3 4 -isoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 3 6 -isoquinolinyl, 3 7 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,8-isoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 4 6 -isoquinolinyl, 4,7-i soquinolinyl, 4 8 -isoquinolinyl, 3,4cinnolinyl, 3 ,S-cinnolinyl, 3 6 -cinnolinyl, 3 ,7-cinnol inyl, 3,S-cinnolinyl, cinnolinyl, 4 ,G-cinnolinyl, 4 7 -cinnolinyl, and 4 ,8-cinnolinyl, and each carbon and hydrido containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W 6other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of R R 10 R and R 12 with the proviso that Qb is bonded to highest number substituent position of each W 6and that (CH-(R 38r is bonded 0 toE.
In an embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the group consisting of 0 and S; J is optionally selected from the group consisting of CH-R 6and N-R6 wherein R 6is a linear spacer moiety having a chain length of 1 to 4 atoms linked to the point of bonding of a substituent selected from the group consisting ofR 4a,R 4b,R 39,R 40,R 5, R 14,andR 15to form aheterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members; B is formula
R
3 4
(V)
wherein D I, D 2, J I, J 2and K Iare independently selected from the group consistinga of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 1 21 2 1 than one is a covalent bond, no more than one of D D J J and K isO0, 1 2 12 1 1 21 2 no more than one of D D ,Ji J and K is S, one of D D ,J and 1 1 21 21 K must be acovalent bond when two of D D J J and K are 0and S, 1 2 12 1 and no more than four of D D J J and K are N with the proviso that 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen;
R
9 ,R10,R11 12R13,16R17R18R19R32R33R34 36 R ,and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, gyuanidino, dialkylsulfonium, trialkylphosphonium, dialkylsulfoniumalkyl, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aryloylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloa-alkyl, aralkyl sulfonyl, aralkylsulfonyl alkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkyl sulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloal kenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycl oalkyl suifinylalkyl, cyci oalkylsuifonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroaryl amino, N-heteroarylarnino-N-alkylarpino, heteroarylami-inoalkyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino,*alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, arylainino, aralkylamnino, arylthio, aryithioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, axylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroaxylsulfinylalcyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsullinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonamnido, alkylan-dnosulfonyl, aniidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylan-ddosulfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylam-idosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amlidosulfonyl, aryl sulfinyl, aryl sulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkyl enedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylami no, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamido, arylarnidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxy, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and di aralkoxyphosphonoakyl; 16 19 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R R ,R ,and R are independently optionally Q bwith the proviso that no more than one of R 16and R 19is Q bat the samne time and that Q bisQ b 32 33 33 34 34 35 35 36 R and R R and R R and R ,and R and R are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through contiguous members, a partiay saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 3 2 and R 3 3
R
3 3 and R34 R ad R 3 5 and R 3 36 and R 3 6 can be used at the same time; 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 R andR R and R, R and R ,and R andR are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R and R d R and R R and R12 and R 13 can be used at the same time; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C2-C8 haloalkyl, and C3-C8 haloalkenyl wherein each member of group B may be optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R 3 and R B is optionally selected from the group consisting of C3-C15 cycloalkyl, C5-C10 cycloalkenyl, C4-C12 saturated heterocyclyl, and-C4-C9 partially saturated heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 3 3 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A is optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbon and nitrogen atoms adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is 9 13 optionally substituted with R or R a ring carbon or nitrogen atom adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R a ring carbon or nitrogen atom adjacent to the R 13 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted 12 with R a ring carbon or nitrogen atom three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R position is optionally substituted with R11 a ring carbon or nitrogen atom three atoms from the point of attachment and 12 33 adjacent to the R 1 position is optionally substituted with R 33 and a ring carbon or nitrogen atom four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 11 and R 33 positions is optionally substituted with R34 A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, (W)rr-(CH(R15))pa and (CH(R 15)pa-(W 7 )r r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 6, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(0)S, C(S)O, C(0)N(R7), C(S)N(R7), (R (R S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R7), (R7)NS(0) 2 N(R7)(O)(R P(O)(R )N(R7), C(NR7)N(R7), (R7)NC(NR7), (R7)NC(NR )NR7, and N(R 7 with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of rr and pa can be 0 at the same time;
R
7 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, alkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, and alkoxyalkyl; 14 15 37 38 R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl; 14 38 R and R can be independently selected from the group consisting of acyl, aroyl, and heteroaroyl with the proviso that acyl is selected from other than formyl and 2-oxoacyl; I is selected from the group consisting of NR5, O,
S,
S(0) 2 ON(R5 P(0)(R and CR39R R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, acyl, aroyl, and heteroaroyl; R39 and R 40are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and RC; R2 and R1 are independently selected from the group consisting of Z0- Q, hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, and halo; R1 is optionally selected from the group consisting of amino, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, amidino, guanidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyamino, thiol, alkylthio, dialkylsulfonium, trialkylphosphonium, dialkylsulfoniumalkyl, heteroarylamino, nitro, arylamino, aralkylamino, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, hydroxyhaloalkyl, cyano, and phbosphono; 0 Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, 41 42 4 (CR R4 )q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 6, (CH(R41 W-(CH(R42)) wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 through 3 and W is selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(S), C(0)O, C(S)O, C(O)S, C(S)S, C(O)N(R41), (R41)NC(0), C(S)N(R41), (R41)NC(S), OC(O)N(R41), (R41)NC(0)0, SC(S)N(R41), (R41 )NC(S)S, SC(O)N(R 41), (R 41)NC(O)S, OC(S)N(R 41), (R 41)NC(S)O, N(R 2)C(O)N(R (R 41)NC(O)N(R N(R 42)C(S)N(R 41 (R 41)NC(S)N(R 42),
S(O)
2
S(O)
2 N(R N(R )S(O) 2 Se, Se(O), Se(O) 2 Se(O) 2 N(R 41), N(R 41)Se(O) 2 P(O)(R N(R P(O)(R 8)N(R N(R ON(R 41), and SiR 28R 2, and (CH(R 41))eW22 (CH(R 42) wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and i22s selected from the group consisting of CR 41=CR42 CR 41R 42-C; vinylidene), ethynylidene (CaC; 1,2-ethynyl), l, 2 -cyclopropyl, I .2-cyclobutyl, 1 .2-cyclohexyl, 1,3 -cyclohexyl, 1 2 -cyclopentyl, 1,3cyclopentyl, 2 3 -morpholinyl, 2 4 rnorpholinyl, 2 ,6-morpholinyl, 3,4morpholinyl, 3 .S-morpholinyl, 1 2 -piperazinyl, 1 3 -piperazinyl, 2,3piperazinyl, 2 6 -piperazinyl, 1 2 -piperidinyl, 1 3 -piperidinyl, 2 ,3-piperidinyl, 2 ,4-pi peridinyl, 2 6 -piperidinyl, 3 ,4-piperidinyl, l, 2 -pyrrolidinyl, 1,3pyrrolidinyl, 2 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 A'-pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,5-pyrrolidinyl, 3,4pyrrolidinyl, 2 3 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,A-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3 4 -tetrahydrofuranyl, with the provisos that R 41and 42 R are selected from other than halo and cyano when directly bonded to N and ZO is directly bonded to the pyrirnidinone ring; 41 42 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of amidino, hydroxyamino, hydrido, hydroxy, amino, halo, cyano, aryloxy, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkylalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalky lalkyl, cycloalkylalkeniyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroaryithioalkyl, heteroaralkyl thioal kyl, alkyl sulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsufonylal kyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, and aralkylsulfonylakyl; Q is formula (11): 12 R9 D R 1 3 wherein D D J J and K are independently selected from the gcroup consisting of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 1 2 12 1 than one is a covalent bond, no more than one of D D J J and K isO0, 1 2 12 1 1 21 2 no more than one of D D ,Ji J and K is S, one of D D J and 1 1 2 1 2 K must be acovalent bond when two of D D J J and K are 0and S, 1 21 2 1 and no more than fouirof D D ,J andK are N, with the proviso that 9 10 11 12 13 R R R R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; Q is optionally selected from formula (Ill): 34 4 wherein D 3, D 4, J 3, and J 4are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, and S, no more than one of D D J and J is 0, no more than one ofD D 4, J 3,and J 4is S, and no more than three of D I, D 2 1 2 9 10 11 12 J and J are Nwith the proviso that R R ,R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; Q is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkoxy, allaxnino, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, alkenyl, alkynyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, cycloalkl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, cycloalkylakenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalky], haloalkenyl oxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxyakl, and halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl with the proviso that Z 0is selected from other than a single covalent bond when Q is hydri do; K is (CR 4aR 4b)n wherein n is an integer selected from 1 through 2; 4a
IM
R 4aand R 4bare independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, .hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, alkylthioalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and cyanoalkyl; 1 4a 4b 1 is E when K is (CR R wherein E is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, C(0)0, C(S)0, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R (R 7)NC(O), C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S), OC(0)N(R (R 7)NC(O)0, SC(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)S, SC(O)N(R 7, (R 7)NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)0, N(R 8)C(0)N(R 7), (R 7)NC(0)N(R N(R 8)C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)N(R S(0)2, S(0) 2 N(R N(R 7)S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R C(0)N(R 7)S(0) 2 P(0)(R 2 5 N(R 7)P(0)(R P(0)(R 8)N(R N(R ON(R CR 4a=CR 4 ethynylidene (CaC; 1,2-ethynyl), and C=CR 4aR 4 b K is optionally (CH(R 14 -T wherein j is selected from a integer from 0) through 2 and T is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, 0, S, and N(R 7) with the proviso that (CH(R 14~ is bonded to the pyrimidinone ring; is optionally Ewhen K s(HR1))j-T, wherein E 2is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, C(0)0, C(S)0, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R (R 7)NC(O), C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S), (R 7)NC(0)0, (R 7)NC(S)S, (R 7)NC(0)S, (R 7)NC(S)0, N(R 8)C(0)N(R 7), (R 7)NC(O)N(R N(R 8)C(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)N(R S(0) 2
S(O)
2 N(R N(R 7)S(0) 2 S(0) 2 C(0)N(H)S(0) 2 P(0)(R 8, N(R 7)P(0)(R P(0)(R 8)N(R and N(R 7); K is optionally G-(CH(R 15k wherein k is selected from an integyer from 1 through 2 and G is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, and N(R 7) with the proviso that R 15is other than hydroxy, cyano, halo, .amino, alkylarnino, dialkylaxnino, and sulf'hydryl when k is 1; 015 3 to is optionally E when K is G-(CH(R Ak wherein Eis selected frm hegrupcositigof a covalent single bond, 0, S, C(S), C(S)0, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R (R 7)NC(0), C(S)N(R 7), (R 7)NC(S), OC(0)N(R (R 7)NC(0)0, SC(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)S, SC(0)N(R (R 7)NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R (R 7)NC(S)0, N(R 8)C(0)N(R 7), 7 8 8 7 7 8 (R )NC(0)N(R N(R )C(S)N(R (R -)NC(S)N(R S(0) 2 S'(0) 2 N(R N(R 7)S(0)2, P(0)(R N(R 7)P(0)(R P(0)(R 8)N(R 7, -uY YI i
I
7 7 4a 4b N(R ON(R7), CR =CR ethynylidene (CEC; 1,2-ethynyl), and C=CR4aR 4 b; YO is formula (IV):
S
17 18 R16/ D K2 D R19 lb Q
(IV)
5 65 6 wherein D D J and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of C and N no more than one of D 5
D
6 5 and 6 is O, no more 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 than one of D, D and J6 is S, one of D 5
D
6 5, and J must be a covalent bond when two of D D 6 J5, and J6 are O and S, no more than 6 5 6 2 three of D D and J is N when K is N and no more than four of D 5
D
6 5J, and J6 are N when K 2 is carbon with the provisos that R 16
R
17 18 19 R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; 16 17 R and R are optionally independently taken together to form a linear moiety spacer having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl having from through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl; 39 Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 NR 2R R 2 oxy, alkyl, aminoalkylenyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, dialkylsulfoniumalkyl, acylamino and Qbe, wherein Qb is hydrido and R 2 0 21 22
R
2 1 and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amino, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aminoalkylenyl,alkylamino, dialkylamino, and hydroxyalkyl with the provisos that no more than one of R 2 0
R
2 1 and R 2 2 is hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, and dialkylamino at the same time and 20 21 22 that R 2 0
R
2 1 and R 2 must be other than be hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, and dialkylamino when K 2 is N; R and R 2 1
R
20 and R 2 2 and R and R 2 2 are independently optionally selected to form a spacer pair wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 4 through 7 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 2 and R 2 1 R20 and R 2 2 and 21 22 R and R 2 2 is used at the same time; Qb is optionally selected from the group consisting of N(R26)SO 2 N(R)(R24), N(R )C(O)OR 5 N(R26)C(O)SR5 N(R26)C(S)OR5 and N(R26)C(S)SR5 with the proviso that no more than one 23 24 26 of R R and R is hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, amino, and dialkylamino when two of the group consisting of R 2
R
24 and R 2 6 are bonded to the same atom; Qb is optionally selected from the group consisting of dialkylsulfonium, trialkylphosphonium, C(NR )NR R24 26 25 23 24 26 Co)(23 244~ N(R 26)C(NR )N(R N(R26)C(O)N(R )(R24), N(R26)C(S)N(R')(R24), C(NR 26 25 23U>(24 26 25 3PX24 C(O)N(R )C(NR 25)N(R C(S)N(R 26)C(NR )N(R )(R24), 26 26 25 23 24 26 25 23 2 N(R 26)N(R 26)C(NR )N(R 24), ON(R 26)C(NR )N(R 26 26 23 24 25 52324 N(R 26)N(R 26)SO 2 N(R 24), C(NR25)SR C(O)NR R24, and 232423 24 26 C(O)NR23 R24 with the provisos that no more than one of R R24 and R6 can be hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylaminol, amino, or dialkylamino when two of the 23 24 26 group consisting of R R24 and R26 are bonded to the same atom and that said Qb group is bonded directly to a carbon atom; 23 24 25 26 R R24 R and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aminoalkylenyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, amino, and hydroxyalkyl; 23 and R24 are optionally taken together to form a linear spacer moiety having from 4 through 7 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding to form a heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, (CR37R38 )b-(Wo)az wherein az is an integer selected from 0 through 1, b is an integer selected from 1 through 4, and Wis selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(0)O, C(S)O, C(O)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R 14), 14 14 14 14 1 (R 14)NC(0), C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S), OC(0)N(R 14), SC(S)N(R14 14 14 15 14 14 1 SC(0)N(R 14), OC(S)N(R 14), N(R 15)C(0)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(0)N(R 14 14 15 1 N(R 15)C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S)N(R S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R 14, N(R 4)S(0)2, P(0)(R N(R7 P(0)(R )N(R7 N(R 14), ON(R (CH(R 14))c-W I-(CH(R 15))d wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 4, and W Iis selected from the group consisting of 0, S, C(0)0, C(S)0, C(O)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R 14 14 14' 14 14 14 (R C(S)N(R (R OC(0)N(R (R )NC(O)0, SC(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S)S, SC(0)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R 14 (R 14)NC(S)0, N(R 15)C(0)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(0)N(R N(R 1)C(S)N(R (R 14)NC(S)N(R S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R 14 N(R 14)S(0) 2 P(O)(R N(R 7)P(0)(R P(O)(R8)N(R N(R14), 14(R and 2 2 _(CH(R 1)h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and W2is selected from the group consisting of CR 4=CR 2, CR 4 vinylidene), ethynylidene (CaC; 1 ,2-ethynyl), 1 2 -cyclopropyl, 1 ,2-cyclobutyl, I ,2-cyclohexyl, 1,3cyclohexyl, 1,2-cycl open tyl, l, 3 -cyclopentyl, 2,3-morpholinyl, 2,4morpholinyl, 2,6-morpholinyl, 3 ,4-mor-pholinyl, 3 ,5-mor-phol inyl, 1,2piperazinyl, 1 3 -piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2 ,6-piperazinyl, 1 ,2-piperi dinyl, 1 ,3-piperidinyl, 2,3-piperidinyl, 2,4-piperidinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3,Apiperidinyl, 1,2-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,4pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,S-pyrrolidinyl, 3 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-tetrahydrofuraniyl, 2,4tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,5-tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, with the provisos that R 14and R 15are selected from other than halo and cyaao when directly bonded to N and that (CR 37R 38)b, (CH(R 14))c' (CH(R 14))e and are bonded to Yis optionally Qb-Qs wherein Qs is selected from the group consisting of (CR 37R 38)f wherein f is an integer selected from 1 through 6, (CH(R .H(R 15))d wherein c and d are integ .ers independently selected from 1 through 4, and W Iis selected from the group consisting of W1 is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, C(0)0, C(S)0, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(0), C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S), 14 14 14 14 14 OC(0)N(R (R )NC(0)0, SC(S)N(R (R )NC(S)S, SC(0)N(R 14 14 14 15, 14 (R )NC(0)S, OC(S)N(R (R )NC(S)0, N(R )C(0)N(R (R 14)NC(0)N(R 15), N(R 15)C(S)N(R 14), (R 14)NC(S)N(R 15),5(0), S(0)2, S(O) 2 N(R 14), N(R 14)S(0) 2 P(0)(R N(R 7)P(0)(R )8 P(0)(R8)N(R N(R 14), ON(R 14), and (CH(R 14))eW(CH(R wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and W is selected from the group consisting of CR =CR ethynylidene (CmC; 1,2- An 4b 14 15 ethynyl), and C=CR with. the provisos that R and R are selected from other than halo and cyano when directly bonded to N and that (CR 37 R 38)f, (CH(R 14))c, and (CH(R 14))e are bonded to E; YOis optiionally Qb..Qsss wherein Qsss is (CH(R 3 8 ))r-W 3 r is an integer selected from 1 through 3, W3is selected from the group consisting of 1, l-cyclopropyl, 1 2 -cyclopropyl, 1. 1-cyclobutyl, 1 2 -cyclobutyl, 1,2cyclohexyl, 1 3 -cyclohexyl, 1 4 -cyclohexyl, 1 2 -cyclopentyl, 1,3 -cyclopentyl, 2 3 -morpholinyl, 2 4 -morpholinyl, 2 ,5 5-morpholinyl, 2 6 -morpholinyl, 3,4morpholinyl, 3 ,-morpholinyt, 1 2 -piperazinyl, 1 3 -piperazinyl, I ,4piperazinyl, 2 ,3-pi perazinyl, 2 ,.S-piperazinyl, 2 6 -piperazinyl, 1 ,2-piperi dinyl, l, 3 -piperidinyl, l.
4 -piperidinyl, 2 3 -piperidinyl, 2 ,4-piperidinyl, piperidinyl, 2 6 -piperidinyl, 3 4 -piperidinyl, 3 -5-piperidinyl, 3 ,6-piperidinyl, 1,2-pyrrolidinyl, 1 ,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 A4-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 3 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2
H-
2 ,3-pyranyl, 2 H-2,4-pyranyl, 2H-2,5pyranyl, 4H-2,3-pyranyl, 4 H-2,4-pyranyl, 4 H-2.5-pyranyl, 2 H-pyran-2-one- 3 4 -yI, 2H-pyran-2-one45yl 4 H-pyran-4-one-2,3-.yi, 2,3tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 A4-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 5 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 3,4.
tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 3 -tetrahydropyranyl, 2 4 -tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 2 6 -tetrahydropyranyl, 3 4 -tetrahydropyranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl, and each carbon and hyrido containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W3other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted wit oe o mre f hegrop onsstng 9 10 11 12 wit oe r or o th gou cnsstngof R ,R R and R with the proviso that (Cl-(R 38))r is bonded to EB and Q bis bonded to lowest numbered substituent position of eachW; YO is optionally QbQsrwherein Q ssris (CH(R 38))r-W 4, r is an integer selected from 1 through 3, W 4is selected from the group consisting of 1 ,2-cycl obutyl, 1 ,2-cyclohexyl, 1 ,3-cyclohexyl, 1 4 -cyclohexyl, 1,2cyclopentyl, l, 3 -cyclopentyl. 2 3 -morpholinyI, 2,4-morpholinyl, morpholinyl, 2 6 -morpholinyl, 3 A4-morpholinyl, 3 ,S-morpholinyl, 1,2piperazinyl, 1 ,3-piperazinyl, 1 4 -piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2 ,S-piperazinyl, 2 6 -piperazinyl, 1 2 -piperidinyl, 1 3 -piperidinyl, 1 4 -piperidinyl, 2,3piperidinyl, 2 ,A-piperidinyl, 2 ,S-piperidinyl, 2 ,6-piperidinyl, 3,A-piperidinyl, 3 ,5piperidinyl, 3 ,6-piperidinyl, 1 2 -pyrrolidinyI, 1 ,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,4-pyrrolidi nyl, 2 ,S-pyrrolidinyl, 3 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2H-2 ,3pyranyl, 2 H-2,4-pyranyl, 2
H-
2 ,5-pyranyl, 4H-2,3 -pyranyl, 4 H-2,4-pyranyl, 4 H-2-5-pyranyl, 2 H-pyran-2-one-3 ,4-yl, 2 H--pyran-2-oneA4,.-yl, 4H-pyran-
S
4 -one-2,3-yl, 2,3 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 4 -tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 3,A-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 3 -tetrahydropyranyl, 2,4tetrahydropyranyl, 2 ,S-tetrahydropyranyl, 2 6 -tetrahydropyranyl, 3,4tetrahydropyranyl, and 3 ,S-tetrahydropyranyl, and each carbon and hydrido containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W 4other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of 9 10 11 12 38o R R R and R ,with the provisos that (CH(R is. bonded toE E and Q bis bonded to highest number substituent psto fec Y soptionally QbQ S55s wherein Qssss is (CH(R 3 8 DrW 5 r is an integer selected from 1 through 3, W5is selected from the group consisting of 1 ,4-indenyl, 1 ,5-indenyl, 1 ,6-indenyl, 1 ,7-indenyl, 2 7 -indenyl, 2,6-indenyl, 2,4-indenyl, 3,A-indenyl, 3 ,5-indenyl, 3 ,6-indenyl, 3 ,7-indenyl, 2,4-benzofuranyl, 2 ,S-benzofuranyl, 2 6 -benzofuranyl, 2 7 -benzofuranyl, 3,A-benzofuranyl, 3 ,S-benzofurany1, 3 6 -benzofuranyl, 3 7 -benzofuranyl, 2 ,A-benzothiophenyl, 2 ,S-benzothiophenyl, 2,6-benzothj ophenyl, 2,7benzothiophenyl, 3 4 -benzothiophenyl, 3 ,S-benzothiophenyl, 3,6benzothiophenyl, 3 7 -benzothiophenyl, 2 ,7-imnidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,4imidazo( 1, 2 -a)pyridinyl, 3,5-i midazo(1I,2-a)pyri dinyl, 3 ,6-imidazo( 1,2a)pyridinyl, 3 7 -imidazo( 1, 2 -a)pyridinyl, 2,4-indolyl, 2,5-indolyl, 2,6indolyl, 2,7-indolyl, 3 ,4-indolyl, 3 ,5-.indolyl, 3 ,6-indolyl, 3,7-indolyl, 1,4isoindolyl, 1,5-isoindolyl, 1, 6 -isoindolyl, 2 ,4-isoindolyl, 2 ,5-isoindolyl, 2,6isoindolyl, 2 7 -isoindolyl, 1 3 -isoindolyl, 3 ,4-indazolyl, 3,5-indazolyl, 3,6indazolyl, 3,7-indazolyl, 2 A4-benzoxazolyl, 2 ,S-benzoxazolyl, 2,6benzoxazolyl, 2 7 -benzoxazolyl, 3 4 -benzisoxazolyl, 3 ,5-benzisoxazolyi, 3,6benzisoxazolyl, 3 7 -benzisoxazolyl, 1 ,4-naphthyl, 1 ,5-naphthyl, 1 ,6-naphthyl, 1 ,7-naphthyl, 1 ,8-naphthyl, 2 ,4-naphthyl, 2,.5-naphthyl, 2,6-naphthyl, 2,7naphthyl, 2,8-naplithyl, 2 4 -quinolinyl, 2 ,S-quinolinyl, 2 6 -quinolinyl, 2,7quinolinyl, 2 ,8-quinolinyl, 3 4 -quinolinyl, 3 ,S-quinolinyi, 3 ,6-quinolinyl, 3,7quinol inyl, 3 ,8-quinolinyl, 4 ,S-quinolinyl, 4 6 -quinolinyl, 4 7 -quinolinyl, 4,8quinolinyl, I 4 -isoquinolinyl, 1 ,5-isoquinolinyl, 1,6-i soquinolinyl, 1,7isoquinolinyl, l.
8 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,A-isoquinolinyl, 3 ,S5-isoquinolinyl, 3,6isoquinolinyl, 3 7 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,8-isoquinolinyl, 4 ,S5-isoquinolinyl, 4,6isoquinolinyl, 4 7 -isoquinolinyl, 4 ,8-isoquinolinyl, 3 ,4-cinnolinyl, cinnolinyl, 3 6 -cinnolinyl, 3 7 -cinnolinyl, 3 ,S-cinnolinyl, 4 ,S-cinnolinyl, 4,6cinnolinyl, 4 7 -cinnolinyl, and 4 ,8-cinnolinyl, and each carbon and hydrido con .taining nitrogen member of the ring of the W5other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of 9 10 11 12 b R R ,R and R with the proviso that Q is bonded to lowest number substituent position of each W5and that (CH(R 1 8 is bonded to YOis optionally QbQssss, wherein is (CH(R 3 8 )r-W 6 r is an 6 integer selected from 1 through 3, W is selected from the group consisting of 1,4-indenyl, 1,5.-indenyl, 1,6-indenyl, 1,7-indenyl, 2 7 -indenyl, 2,6-indenyl, 2A4-indenyl, 3,4-indenyl, 3 ,5-indenyt, 3 6 -indenyl, 3 ,7-indenyl.
2A4-benzofuranyl, 2,5-benzofuranyl, 2 ,6-benzofuranyl, 2 7 -benzofuranyl, 3 ,4-benzofuranyl, 3 ,5-benzofuranyl, 3,6-benzofuranyl, 3 7 -benzofuranyl, 2,4-benzothiophenyl, 2,S-benzothiophenyl, 2,6-benzothiophenyl, 2,7benzothiophenyl, 3,4-benzothiophenyl, 3,5-benzothiophenyl, 3,6benzothiophenyl, 3 ,7-benzothiophenyl, 2,7-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,4imidazo( 1 2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,5-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,6-imidazo( 1,2a)pyridinyl, 3 7 -imidazo(1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,4-indolyl, 2,5-indolyl, 2,6indol yl, 2,7-indolyl, 3 ,4-indolyl, 3,5-indolyl, 3 ,6-indolyl, 3,7-indolyl, 1,4isoindolyl, 1 ,5-isoindolyl, 1 ,6-isoindolyl, 2 ,4-isoindolyl, 2,5-isoindolyl, 2,6isoindolyl, 2,7-isoindolyl, 1 ,3-isoindoly1, 3,4-indazolyl, 3 ,5-indazolyt, 3,6indazolyl, 3 ,7-indazolyl, 2 ,4-benzoxazolyl, 2,S-benzoxazolyl, 2,6benzoxazolyl, 2, 7 -benzoxazolyl, 3 ,4-benzi soxazolyl, 3,5-benzisoxazolyl, 3,6benzisoxazolyl, 3,7-benzisoxazolyl, 1 ,4-naphthyl, 1 ,5-naphthyl, 1 ,6-naphthyl, 1,7-naphthyl, 1,8-naphthyl, 2,4-naphthyl, 2,5-naphthyl, 2,6-naphthyl, 2,7naphthyl, 2,8-naphthyl, 2 A4-quinolinyl, 2 ,5',-quinolinyl, 2 6 -quinolinyl, 2,7quinolinyl, 2 ,8-quinolinyl, 3 ,4-quinolinyl, 3 ,5-quinolinyl, 3 ,6-quinolinyl, 3,7quinolinyl, 3,8-quinolinyl, 4 ,.5-quinolinyl, 4 ,6-quinolinyl, 4, 7 -quinolinyl, 4,8quinolinyl, 1 ,4-isoquinolinyl, 1 ,5-isoquinolinyl, 1 ,6-isoquinolinyl, 1,7isoquinolinyl, 1 ,&-isoquinolinyl, 3 4 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,5-isoquinolinyl, 3,6isoquinolinyl, 3 7 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,S-isoquinolinyl, 4,5-isoquinolinyl, 4,6isoquinolinyl, 4 7 -isoquinolinyl, 4 ,8-isoquinolinyl, 3 ,4-cinnolinyl, cinnolinyl, 3 ,6-cianolinyl, 3 7 -cininolinyl, 3 ,8-cinnolinyl, 4,.5-cinnolinyl, 4,6cinnolinyl, 4, 7 -cinnolinyl, and 4 8 -cianolinyl, and each carbon and hydrido containing, nitrogen member of the ring of the W 6other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of 9 10 11 12 b R R R and R with the proviso that Q is bonded to highest number substituent position of each W 6and that (CH(R 38)) is bonded to E0 In another embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J is selected from the group consisting of 0 and S; B is formula
R
3 3
K
R 3 2- D 1 3 6 wherein D D J J and K are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 1 2 12 1 than one is acovalent bondnomore than one of D D J J and K is 0, 1 21 2 1 1 2 12 no more than one of D D ,Ji J and K is S, one of D D ,Ji J and 1 1 2 12 1 K must be acovalent bond when two of D D J J and K are 0and S, 1 2 12 1 and no more than four of D D J and K are N; 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 32 33 34 R R R R R R R R R R R 5R and R ae independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamnido, haloacetamnido, amnidino, guanidino, dialkylsulfoniurn, trialkylphosphonium, dial kyl sulfoniumal kyl, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aryloylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, hal ocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfi nyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylaxnino-N-alkylanino, heteroarylamninoalkyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,. haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkyithio, alkylthioalkyl, arylarnino, aralkylamino, aiylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsutfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonarni do, alkylarninosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylarnidosulfonyl, arylsulfonainido, diarylamnidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amnidosulfonyl, aryl sulfinyl, aryl sulfonyl, heteroaryl thio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclyl thio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylal kyl, halo, haloalkyl, hal oalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylamino, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamnido, arylamidocarbonylarnido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxy, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxanidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaral koxyphosphonoalkyl; 16 19 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R R R and R are independently optionally Q bwith the proviso that no more than one of R 16and R 19is Q bat the same time and that Q bis Q b Bis optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C2-C8 haloalkyl, and C3-C8 haloalkenyl wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 3 2
R
3 3 R34 R35 and R36 B is optionally selected from the group consisting of C3-C12 cycloalkyl, C5-C10 cycloalkenyl, and C4-C9 saturated heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 3 3 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A is optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbon and nitrogen atoms adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 9 or R13, a ring carbon or nitrogen atom adjacent to the R position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 10 a ring carbon or nitrogen atom 13 adjacent to the R position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 12 a ring carbon or nitrogen atom three atoms substituted with R11, a ring carbon or nitrogen atom three atoms from the from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 12 position is optionally substituted with R- a ring carbon or nitrogen atom three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R12 position is optionally substituted 33 with R and a ring carbon or nitrogen atom four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 1 1 and R 3 3 positions is optionally substituted with R34 A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, (W 7r-(CH(R 15))pa and (CH(R15))pa-W7)r r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 6, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, C(O)N(R 7 C(S)N(R7), (R (R and N(R 7 with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of rr and pa can be 0 at the same time; 7 8 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, alkyl, and alkoxyalkyl; 14 15 37 38 R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and haloalkoxyalkyl;
R
14 and R 3 8 can be independently selected from the group consisting of aroyl and heteroaroyl; is selected from the group consisting of NR 5 and S(0)2;
R
5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, alkyl, and alkoxy; 39 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and haloalkoxyalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R IC; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, cyano, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkylthio, amino, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, amidino, guanidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyamino, thiol, alkylthio, and phosphono;
R
2 is Z-Q; Z7 is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, 41 42 (CR41R 4)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 3, (CH(R41))g W-(CH(R42))p wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 through 3 and W is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, S(0), S(0) 2 1 N(R 41), and ON(R 41), and (CH(R 41 ))-2(CH(R42))h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and W2is selected from the group consisting of CR 41-C02
I.
2 -cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1 ,2-cyclohexyl, 1 ,3-cyclohexyl, 1 2 -cyclopentyl, 1 3 -cyclopentyl, 2,3morpholinyl, 2,4-morpholinyl, 2,6-morpholinyl, 3 4 -morpholinyl, morpholinyl, l, 2 -piperazinyl, l 3 -piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2,6piperazinyl, 1,2-piperidinyl, 1 3 -piperidinyl, 2 3 -piperidinyl, 2 ,4-piperidinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3,A-piperidinyl, 1 2 -pyrrolidinyl, 1 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,3pyrrolidinyl, 2,A-pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,5-pyrrolidinyl, 3 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,3tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 5 -tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3,4tetrahydrofuranyl, with the proviso that ZOis directly bonded to the pyrimidinone ring; R 41and R 42are independently selected from the group consisting of amidino, hydroxyamnino, hydrido, hydroxy, amino, and alkyl; Q is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, with the proviso that ZO is other than a covalent single bond, the formula (11): R 1 1 2 12 1 wherein D D J J and K are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 1 2 12 1 than one is acovalent bondno more than one of D D J J and K is 0, 1 2 12 1 1 2 12 no more than one of D D ,Ji J and K is S, one of D D ,Ji J and 1 1 2 12 1 K must be acovalent bond when two of D D J J and K are 0and S, and no more than four of D D 2 J, J2 and K 1 is N, with the.proviso that R R10 R 1 1 R12, and R 1 are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; K is (CR 4 aR 4 b)n wherein n is an integer selected from 1 through 2; R and R 4 b are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, and haloalkyl; EO is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, C(O)N(R7), (R7)NC(O), S(0) 2 (R7)NS(0) 2 and S(O) 2
N(R);
YO is formula (IV):
S
R
1 7
R
1 8 I Qb
(IV)
wherein
D
5
D
6 J and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K is C, no more than one of, D D 6 5, and J6 is O, no more than one of D 5
D
6 5 and J is S, one of DD 5, and J must be a covalent bond when two of D 5
D
6 5, and J6 are 0 and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 5, and J 6 are N when K2 is carbon with the provisos that R16 R17 18 19 provisos that R 6
R
7
R
1 and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 +NR20R21R2, aminoalkylenyl, and Qbe, wherein Qbe is hydrido and R 2 0
R
21 and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, aminoalkylenyl, dialkylamino, alkylamino, and hydroxyalkyl with the-proviso that-no more than one of R 2 0 and R 2 1 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time; Qb is optionally selected from the group consisting of C(NR25)NR23R 24, N(R26)C(NR)N(R)(R24), C(O)N(R26)C(NR25)N(R2)(R24), N(R26)N(R26)C(NR2)N(R2)(R24) and ON(R26)C(NR25)N(R2)(R24) with the provisos that no more than one 23 24 26 of R R 24 and R 6 is hydroxy, alkylamino, amino, or dialkylamino when two of the group consisting of R 2 3
R
2 4 and R 2 6 are bonded to the same atom; 23 24 25 26 R ,R 2 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylenylamino, dialkylamino, alkylamino, and hydroxyalkyl; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, 37 380 (CR R 38)b-(W)az wherein az is an integer selected from 0through 1, b is an integer selected from 1 through 5, and W is selected from the group consisting of 0, S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R14), N(R14)S(O)2, and N(R14), (CH(R14))c-W-(CH(R15))d wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 4 and W 1 is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, C(0)O, C(S)O, C(0)S, C(S)S, C(0)N(R14), (R 14)NC(O), C(S)N(R14), OC(O)N(R14), (R 14)NC(O)O, SC(S)N(R (Rl)NC(S)S, SC(O)N(R (R 4)NC(O)S, OC(S)N(R 14 (R 4)NC(S)O, N(R )C(O)N(R (R 4)NC(O)N(R N(Rl )C(S)N(R (R 4)NC(S)N(Rl S(0) 2 S(O),N(R 4), N(R 4)S(O) 2 P(O)(R N(R P(O)(R )N(R N(R 1), ON(R and (CH(R 1))eW22_(CH(R wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 2 and NV2is selected from the group 41~Z 42 44 consisting of CR 41=CR 4, CR 41R 42 C; vinylidene), ethynylidene (C -C; 1 ,2-ethynyl), I 2 -cyclopropyl, 1 ,2-cyclobutyl, 1 2 -cyclohexyl, 1,3cyclohexyl, 1 ,2-cycl open tyl, 1 3 -cyclopentyl, 2 3 -morpholinyl, 2,4morpholinyl, 2,6-morpholinyl, 3 4 -morpholinyl, 3 ,5-mroipholinyl, 1,2piperazinyl, 1 ,3-piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2 6 -piperazinyl, 1 2 -piperidinyl, 1 ,3-piperidinyl, 2,3-piperidinyl, 2 4 -piperidinyl, 2 ,6-pipezidinyl, 3,4piperidinyl, 1 ,2-pyrrolidinyl, 1 ,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,4pyrrolidinyl, 2,5-pyrrolidinyl, 3 ,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,4tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,S-tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3 ,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, with the provisos that R 14and R 15are selected from other than halo and cyano when directly bonded to N and that (CR 37R 38)b, (CH(R 14))c, and (CH(R 14))e ar -bonded toe 0 0 b ss s Y is optionally Q _Q wherein Qs is selected from the group consisting of (CR 37R 38)f wherein f is an integer selected from 1 through 4, (CH(R 14))CW 1-(CH(R 1 wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 2, andW I is selected from the group consisting of W 1 is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, C(0)N(R 14 14 1 14 14 1 1414 (Rl )NC(O),N(R 5)C(O)N(R 4)NC(O)N(R 4),ON(R and (CH(R 1 4 ))e-W 2 -(CH(R15))h wherein e and h are intege rs independeny selected from 0 through 2 and i2s selected from the group consisting of 4a 4b, 4abwt CR =CR ethynylidene l, 2 -ethynyl), and C=CR the provisos that R 14and R 15are selected from other than halo when directly bonded to N and that (CR 37R 38)f, (CH(R 14))c, and (CH(R 14)e are bonded to 0 Y 0is optionally Q-bQ s wherein Qss is (CH(R 38))r-W r is an integer selected from 1 througYh 2, W3is selected from the group consisting of 1,1 -cyclopropyl, 1 2 -cyclopropyl, 1, 1-cyclobutyl, 1 ,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2cyclohexyl, 1 ,3-cyclohexyl, 1 4 -cyclohexyl, 1 2 -cyclopentyl, 1 3 -cyclopentyl, 2 ,3-morpholinyl, 2 4 -morpholinyl, 2,5-morpholinyl, 2 6 -morpholinyl, 3,4morpholinyl, 3 ,S-morpholinyl,
I.
2 -piperazinyl, l, 3 -piperazinyl, 1,4piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2 ,S-piperazinyl, 2 6 -piperazinyl, 1 ,2-piperi dinyl, 1 ,3-piperidinyl, 1 4 -piperidinyl, 2 3 -piperidinyl, 2 ,4-piperidinyl, piperi dinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3 ,4-piperidinyl, 3 ,5-piperidinyl, 3 6 -piperi dinyl, 1 2 -pyrrolidinyl, 1 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 4 -pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 3 ,4-pyrroli dinyl, 2 H-2,3-pyranyl, 2 H-2,4-pyranyl, 2H-2,5pyranyl, 4 H-2,3-pyranyl, 4 H-2A--pyranyl, 4 H-2,5-pyranyl, 2 H-pyran-2-one- 3 4 -yI, 2 H-pyran-2-.oneA4,5-yl, 4 H-pyran-4-one-2,3 -yl, 2,3tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 4 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,S-tetrahydrofuranyl, 3,Atetrahydrofuranyl, 2 3 -tetrahydropyranyl, 2 4 -tetrahyciropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 2 6 -tetrahydropyranyl, 3 ,A-tetrahydropyranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl, and each carbon and hyrido containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W3other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of R R ,R and R with the proviso that (CH(R 38 )r is bonded to E 0and Q bis bonded to lowest numbered substituent position of eachW; Y 0 isoptionally Q bQsssr wherein Qsssr is (CH(R 3 8 4 r is an integer selected from 1 through 2, W 4is selected from the group consisting of 1,2-cyclobutyl, l,2-cyclohexyl, l, 3 -cyclohexyi, l.
4 -cyclohexyl, 1,2cyclopentyl, 1 3 -cyclopentyl, 2 ,3-morpholinyl, 2 4 -morpholinyl, morpholinyl, 2 6 -morpholinyl, 3 4 -morpholinyI, 3 ,S-morpholinyl, 1,2piperazinyl, l, 3 -piperazinyl, 1 4 -piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2 ,S-piperazinyl, 2 6 -piperazinyl, 1 2 -piperidinyl, 1, 3 -pipe ri dinyl, 1 4 -piperidinyl, 2,3piperidinyl, 2 4 -piperidinyl, 2 ,S-piperidinyl, 2 6 -piperidinyl, 3 4 -piperidinyl, 3 ,S-piperidinyl, 3 ,6-piperidinyl, l, 2 -pyrrolidinyl, 1 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,3 pyrrolidinyl, 2 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,S-pyrrolidinyl, 3 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2H-2,3pyranyl, 2 H-2A--pyranyl, 2 H-2,5-pyranyl, 4 H-2,3-pyranyl, 4H-2 4 -pyranyl, 4 l--2,5-pyranyl, 2 H-pyran-2-one-3 4 -yl, 2 H-pyran-2-oneA,5yl, 4H-pyran- 4 -one-2,3-yl, 2 3 -tetrahydrofurany, 2 A4-tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 3 4 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 3 -tetrahydropyranyl, 2,4tetrahydropyranyl, 2 ,S-tetrahydropyranyl, 2 6 -tetrahydropyranyl, 3,4tetrahydropyranyl,. and 3 ,S-tetrahydropyranyl, and each carbon and hyrido containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W 4other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of 9 10 11 12 38 0 R R R and R with the provisos that (CH(R is bonded to E and Q bis bonded to highest number substituent position of each W Y soptionally Q bQ SSSS wherein QssSS is (CH(R 3 8 )C 5 sa integer selected from I through 2, W5is selected from the group consisting of 1,4-indenyl, 1,5-indenyl, l,6-indenyl, 1,7-indenyl, 2,7-indenyl, 2,6-indenyl, 2 ,4-indenyl, 3 ,4-indenyl, 3 ,5-indenyl, 3 ,6-indenyl, 3 ,7-indenyl, 2 ,4-benzofuranyl, 2,-5-ben zofuranyl, 2 6 -benzofuranyl, 2 7 -benzofuranyl, 3 4 -benzofur-anyl, 3 ,5-benzofuranyl, 3 6 -benzofuranyl, 3 7 -benzofuranyl, 2 4 -benzothiophenyl, 2 ben zothi ophenyl, 2 ,6-benzothiophenyl, 2,7benzothiophenyl, 3 ,4-benzothiophenyl, 3 ,S-benzothiophenyl, 3,6benzothiophenyl, 3,7-benzothiophenyl, 2 7 -imi dazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,4imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,5-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl. 3,6-imidazo( 1,2a)pyridinyl, 3 ,7-irnidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,4-indolyl. 2.5-indolyl, 2,6indolyl, 2,7-indolyl, 3,4-indolyl, 3,5-indolyl, 3,6-indolyl, 3,7-indolyl, 1,4isoindolyl, 1 ,5-isoindolyl, 1,6-isoindolyl, 2A4-isoindolyl, 2,5-isoindol yl, 2,6isoindolyl, 2,7-isoindolyl, 1 ,3-isoi ndolyl, 3 ,4-indazolyl, 3$5-indazolyl, 3,6indazolyl, 3 .7-indazolyl, 2 ,4-benzoxazolyl, 2,5-benzoxazolyl, 2,6benzoxazolyl, 2 7 -benzoxazolyl, 3 4 -benzisoxazolyl, 3,5-benzisoxazolyl, 3,6benzisoxazolyl, 3 ,7-benzi soxazolyl, 1,A-naphthyl, 1 ,5-naphthyl, I ,6-naphthyl, 1 ,7-naphthyl, 1 ,8-naphthyl, 2 ,4-naphthyl, 2 ,5-naphthyl, 2,6-naphthyl, 2,7naphthyl, 2,8-naphthyl, 2 4 -quinolinyl, 2 ,5-quinolinyl, 2 6 -quinolinyl, 2,7quinolinyl, 2,8-quinolinyl, 3 4 -quinolinyl, 3 5 -quinolinyl, 3,.&quinolinyl, 3,7..
quinolinyl, 3,8-quinolinyl, 4 ,5-quinolinyl, 4 ,6-quinolinyl, 4 7 -quinolinyl, 4,8quinolinyl, 1 4 -isoquinolinyl, I 5 -isoquinolinyl, I 6-isoquinolinyl, 1,7isoquinolinyl, 1 ,Sisoquinolinyl, 3 4 -isoquinolinyl, 3 5 -isoquinolinyl, 3,6isoquinolinyl, 3 7 -isoquinolinyl, 3,8-i soquinolinyl, 4 ,S-isoquinolinyl, 4,6isoquinolinyl, 4 7 -isoquinolinyl, 4 8 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,4-cinnolinyl, 3 cinnolinyl, 3 ,6-cinnolinyl, 3 7 -cinnolinyl, 3 ,8-cinnolinyl, 4 ,5-cinnolinyl, 4,6cinnolinyl, 4 7 -cinnolinyl, and 4 ,8-cinnolinyl, and each carbon and hyrido containing, nitrogen member of the ring of the W 5 other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of 9 10 11 12 b R R. R and R with the proviso that Q is bonded to lowest number substituent position of each W5and that (CH(R 38))r is bonded to E0 Y 0is optionally Q s srwherein Qsss is (CH(R 38))rW 6, r is an integer selected from 1 through 2, W 6is selected from the group consisting of 1,4-indenyl, 1,5-indenyl, 1,6-indenyl, 1, 7 -indenyl, 2,7-indenyl, 2,6-indenyl, 2,4-indenyl, 3,4-indenyl, 3 ,5-indenyl, 3,6-indenyl, 3 ,7-indenyl, 2A4-benzofuranyl, 2,5-benzofuranyl, 2 6 -benzofuranyl, 2,7-benzofuranyl, 3 ,4-benzofuranyl, 3 ,5-benzofuranyl, 3,6- benzofuranyl, 3 ,7-benzofuranyl, 2A4-beazothiophenyl, 2 5 -benzothiophenyl, 2 ,6-benzotbiophenyl, 2,7benzothiophenyl, 3 ,4-benzothiophenyl, 3 5 -benzothiophenyl, 3,6- 57 benzorthiophenyl, 3 7 -benzothiophenyl, 2,7-imidazo( 1, 2 -a)pyzidinyl, 3,4.
im-idazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,5-imnidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,6-imidazo( 1,2a)pyridinyl, 3 ,7-imnidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,4-indolyl, 2,5-indolyl, 2,6indolyl, 2,7-indolyl, 3,4-indolyl, 3,5-indolyl, 3,6-indolyl, 3,7-indolyl, 1,4-.
isoindolyl, 1 ,5-isoindolyl, 1 ,6-isoindolyl, 2 ,4-isoindolyl, 2,5-isoindolyl, 2,6isoindolyl, 2,7-isoindolyl, 1 ,3-isoi ndolyl, 3 ,4-indazolyl, 3 ,5-indazolyl, 3,6indazolyl, 3,7-indazolyl, 2 ,4-benzoxazolyl, 2 ,5-benzoxazolyl, 2,6benzoxazolyl, 2,7-benzoxazolyl, 3 4 -benzisoxazoiyi, 3 ,5-benzisoxazolyl, 3,6benzi soxazolyl, 3 7 -benzisoxazolyl, 1 ,4-naphthyl, I ,5-naphthyl, 1 ,6-naphthyl, 1,7-naphthyl, 1,8-naphthyl, 2A4-naphthyl, 2,5-naphthyl, 2,6-naphthyl, 2,7naphthyl, 2,8-naplithyl, 2A-.quinolinyl, 2 ,5-quinolinyl, 2 6 -quinolinyl, 2,7quinolinyl, 2 ,8-quinolinyl, 3,4-quinolinyl, 3 ,S-quinolinyl, 3 6 -quinolinyl, 3,7quinolinyl, 3 ,8-quinolinyl, 4 5 -quinolinyl, 4, 6 -quinolinyl, 4 7 -quinoli'nyl, 4,8quinolinyl, l,4-isoquinolinyl, 1 ,S-isoquinolinyl, 1 6 -isoquinolinyl, 1,7isoquinolinyl, 1 ,S-isoquinolinyl, 3 4 -isoquinolinyl, 3 5 -isoquinolinyl, 3,6isoquinolinyl, 3 7 -isoquinolinyl, 3 ,8-isoquinolinyl, 4 ,S5-isoquinolinyl, 4,6isoquinolinyl, 4 7 -isoquinolinyl, 4 ,8-isoquinolinyl, 3 A4-cinnolinyl, cinnolinyl, 3 6 -cinnolinyl, 3 7 -cinnolinyl, 3 ,8-cinnolinyl, 4 ,S-cinnolinyl, 4,6cinnolinyl, 4 7 -cinnolinyl, and 4 ,8-cinnolinyl, and each carbon and hyrido containing nitrogen member of the ring, of the W 6other than the points of attachment is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consistingC of 9 10 11 12 b R R R and R with the proviso that Q is bonded to highest number 6 38 o substituent position of each W 6and that (CH(R 38 )r is bonded to E0 In a preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J isO0; B is the Formula: R33 R 3R 3 9 10 11 12 13 32 33 34 35 3 RR R ,R R ,R R ,R ,R and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetaniido, arnidino, guanidino, alkyl enedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, al koxyal kyl, hial oal koxylalkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamnino, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylal kyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkylami nosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amridosulfonyl, dial kyl amidosulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, carboxarnidoalkyl, and cyano; 9 10 11 12 13 R ,R ,R ,R ,and R are optionally selected from thegroup 9 10 11 consisting of heteroaryl and heterocyclyl with the proviso that R, R R 12 13 R and R are substitutents for other than B; 16 19 32 33 34 35 36 R ,R R- R ,R ,R ,and R are independently optionally Q bwith the proviso that no more than one of R 16and R 19is Q bat the same time and that Q bis Q b Bis optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, 03-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B may be optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 3 2
R
3 3
R
3 4
R
3 5 and R36 B is selected from the group consisting of C3-C12 cycloalkyl and C4heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon may be optionally substituted with R 3 3 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A may be optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbons and a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment may be optionally substituted 9 13 9 with R or R, a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 10 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 13 position and two atoms from the point of 12 attachment may be substituted with R a ring carbon or nitrogen three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 10 position may be substituted with R 11, a ring carbon or nitrogen three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R12 position may be substituted with R 3 3 and, a ring carbon or nitrogen four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to 11 33 34 the R and R 3 3 positions may be substituted with R34 A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, (W )r-(CH(R15))pa and (CH(R1))paW7)r r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 6, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (R7)NC(O), (R7)NC(S), and N(R with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of rr and pa is 0 at the same time; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, and alkyl; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, and haloalkcyl; '!is selected from the group consisting of NH and NOH; Mis selected from the group consisting of N andRI C is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, cyano, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkthio, amino, aminoalkyI, alkylamrino, amidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyamino, thiol, and aklthio;
R
2 Is Z -Q; Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (CR R2 wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 3, (CH(R 41~~ W-(CH-(R 42)wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 0 through 3 and WO is selected from the group consisting of 0, S,
S(O),
41 414 24 N(R 41), and ON(R 41), and (CH.(R 41))e-W2-(CH (R 42))h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through l and W2is selected from the group consisting of CR 41=CR 4, l, 2 -cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2cyclohexyl, 1 ,3-cyclohexyl, 1 2 -cyclopentyl, I ,3-cycl opentyl, 2,3morpholinyl, 2 4 -morpholinyl, 2 6 -morpholinyl, 3 4 -morpholinyl, morpholinyl, 1 .2-piperazinyl, 1 3 -piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2,6piperazinyl, 1,2-piperidinyl, l, 3 -piperidinyl, 2 ,3-piperidinyl, 2,4-pipe-idinyl, 2 ,6-piperidinyl, 3 4 -piperidinyl, 1 2 -pyrrolidinyl, 1 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,3pyrrolidi nyl, 2 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,5-pyrrolidinyl, 3 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2,3tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 4 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,S-tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3,4tetrahydrofuranyl, with the proviso that Z 0is directly bonded to the pyrimidinone ring; R 41and R 42are independently selected from the group consisting of am-idino, hydroxyamino, hydrido, hydroxy, amino, and alkyl; Q is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, with the proviso that Z is other than a covalent single bond, and the formula (II): 11 1 R D9/ D 2
(II)
1 2 1 2 1 wherein D D J J and K are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, no more than one of D 1
D
2 1, 2 and K 1 is O, no more than one of D D 2 J J and K 1 is S, one ofD D J2 and 1 121 2 1 K must be a covalent bond when two of D, D 2 J and K are O and S, and no more than four of D 1 D2; J J2 and K 1 are N, with the proviso that
R
9 10 11 12 13 R R R R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; K is (CR 4 aR 4 b)n wherein n is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
R
4a and R 4b are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, and haloalkyl; E° is E l when K is (CR R4)n, wherein E l is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, C(O)N(R7), (R
S(O)
2 (R )NS(0) 2 and S(O) 2
N(R
7 YO is formula (IV): 17 R .11 1 8 6b
(IV)
wherein D ,D ,Jand J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 2 5 65 6 than one is a covalent bond, K is C, no more than one of D ,D J ,and J is0, no more thanoneof D 5,D 6,J 5,and J 6is S,one of D 5D 6, 5and J6 5 65 6 must be acovalent bond when two of D D J and J are 0and S, and no 65 6 16 17 more than four ofD D J .,and J are-N with the proviso that R R 18 19 R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; 16 17 1.8 19 R ,R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aniidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkyithio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amnino, nitro, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylainn, haloalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, and cyano; Q bis selected from the group consisting of NR 20R 21, aminoalkylenyl, Q bewherein Q beis hydrido, N(R 26)C(NR25)N(R23)(R and 23 24 20 21 C(NR )NR .R ,with the provisos that no more than one of R and R is hydroxy, amino, alkylainino, or dialkylam-ino at the same time and that no 23 24 more than one of R and R 2 4 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time; 21 23 24 25 26
R
2 0
R
2 1 R R 2 4 R and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, aminoalkylenyl, amino, dialkylamino, alkylamino, and hydroxyalkyl; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, (CR37R38)b wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 4, and (CH(R -(CH(R 15))d wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 3 and W is selected from the group consisting of C(O)N(R14), (R14)NC(O), S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R14), N(R14)S(0) 2 and N(R 14), with the provisos that R 1 4 is selected from other than halo when directly bonded to N and that (CR37 R 38)b and (CH(R14))c are bonded to E°; 14.
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl;
R
3 7 and R 3 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl; 38.
R
3 8 is optionally selected from the group consisting of aroyl and heteroaroyl;
Y
0 is optionally QbQSS wherein QSS is (CH(R14))e-W 2 wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 1 through 2 and W 2 is CR =CR4b with the proviso that (CH(R is bonded to E; Y is optionally selected from the group consisting of Qb_QSS and Qb- Qssssr wherein Qssss is (CH(R38))r-W5 and QSSSr is (CH(R38))r-W6 r is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and W5and W6are independently selected from the group consisting of 1 ,4-indenyl, 1 ,5-indenyl, I ,6-indenyl, 1,7indenyl, 2,7-indenyl, 2,6-indenyl, 2,5-indenyl, 2,4-indenyl, 3 ,4-indenyi, indenyl, 3 ,6-indenyl, 3 ,7-indenyl, 2,4-benzofuranyl, 2,-5-benzofuranyl, 2,6benzofuranyl, 2,7-benzofuranyl, 3,A-benzofuranyl, 3 ,5-benzofuranyl, 3,6benzofuranyl, 3 ,7-benzofuranyl, 2A4-benzothiophenyl, 2 7 5 -benzothiophenyl, 2,6-benzothiophenyl, 2 7 -benzothiophenyl, 3 A4-benzothiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, 3 ,6-benzodhiophenyI, 3 7 -benzothiophenyl, 2,7imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,4-imidazo(1I,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,5-imidazo( 1,2a)pyridinyl, 3,6-i mi dazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,7-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,4indolyl, 2,5-indol yl, 2,6-indolyl, 2,7-indolyl, 3,4-indol yl, 3 ,5-indolyl, 3,6indolyl, 3 ,7-indolyl, 1,4-isoindolyl, 1 ,5-isoindolyl, 1 6 -isoindolyl, 2,4isoindolyl, 2,5-isoindolyl, 2,6-isoindolyl, 2,7-isoindolyl, 1 ,3-isoindoly], 3,4indazolyl, 3 ,5-indazolyl, 3 ,6-indazolyl, 3,7-indazolyl, 2,4-benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, 2 6 -benzoxazolyl, 2, 7 -benzoxazolyl, 3,A- benzisoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, 3 ,6-benzisoxazolyl, 3 7 -benzisoxazolyl, 1 ,4-naphthyl, naplirhyl, 1 ,6-naphthyl, 1 ,7-naphthyl, 1 ,8-naphthyl, 2,4-naphthyl, naphthyl, 2,6-naplithyl, 2,7-naphthyl, 2,8-naphthyl, 2 ,4-quinolinyl, quinolinyl, 2 ,6-quinolinyl, 2 7 -quinolinyl, 2,8-quinolinyl, 3,A-quinolinyl, quinolinyl, 3 ,6-quinolinyl, 3 ,7-quinolinyl, 3 ,8-quinolinyl, 4 ,5-quinolinyl, 4,6quinolinyl, 4,7-quinolinyl, 4 ,S-quinolinyl, 1 4 -isoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 1 6 -isoquinolinyl, 1 7 -isoquinolinyl, 1 8 -isoquinolinyl, 3,4isoquinolinyl, 3 ,S-isoquinolinyl, 3 6 -isoquinolinyl, 3 7 -isoquinolinyl, 3,8isoquinolinyl, 4 ,S-isoquinolinyl, 4 6 -isoquinolinyl, 4,7-i soquinol inyl, 4,8isoquinolinyl, 3 ,4-cinnolinyi, 3 .5-cinnolinyi, 3 ,6-cinnolinyl, 3,7-cinnolinyl, 3 .8-cinnolinyl, 4,5-ci nnol inyl, 4 6 -cinnolinyl, 4,7-cinnol inyl, and 4,8cinnolinyl, and each carbon and hyrido containingy nitrogen member of the ring, of the W5and of the ring of the W6,other than the points of attachment of W 6 and W is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of 9 10 11 12 b R R R and R with the provisos that Q is bonded to lowest number substituent position of each W 5 Qb is bonded to highest number 6 38o substituent position of each W6, and (CH(R38 is bonded to E In a more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J is O; B is the Formula R34 33 R 3 2! #R 36 32 33 34 35 36 R32 R33 R34 R35 and R36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylamino, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb B is optionally selected-from the group consisting of hydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of 32 33 attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R32 R3 R34, R35, and R36 B is selected from the group consisting of C3-C12 cycloalkyl and C4heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon may be optionally substituted with R33 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A may be optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbons and a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment may be optionally substituted 9 13 with R or R 1 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 10 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 13 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 1 a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 10 position may be substituted with 11 R a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to 12 33 the R position may be substituted with R and a ring carbon four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R and R 3 positions may be 34 substituted with R34 9 10 11 12 13 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, alkoxyamino, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; 9 10 11 12 13 R9, R R1 R and R are optionally selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and heterocyclyl with the proviso that R 9 R 1, R11 12 13
R
12 and R are substitutents for other than B; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R15 )rr wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integyer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, (R 7)NC(0), (R 7)NC(S), and N(R )7 7 Ris selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 15is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; qi is NH; M is selected from the group consisting of N andRI C Riis selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amnino, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, amidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyamino, thiol, and alkylthio;
R
2 isZ 0
-Q;
ZO is selected from the group consisting, of covalent single bond and (CR 41R 42)q wherein q is an inte ger selected from 1 through 2, (CH(R 41~ W-(CH(R 4))wherein a and p are integers independently selected from 0 0 41C through 3 and W 0is selected from the group consisting of 0, S, and N(R 41 (C(0
CHR
4 and 1)eW2(C 4))h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 1 and W2is selected from the group consisting of CR 41=CR 4, l, 2 -cyclopropyl, l, 2 -cyclobutyl, 1,2-cyclohexyl, 1,3cyclohexyl, I 2 -cyclopentyl, 1 3 -cyclopentyl, 2 ,3-morpholinyl, 2,4morpholinyl, 2 6 -moi-pholinyl, 3 4 -morpholinyl, 3 ,5-morpholinyl, 1,2piperazinyl, 1 3 -piperazinyl, 2 3 -piperazinyl, 2 6 -piperazinyl, 1 2 -piperidinyl, 1 3 -piperidinyl, 2 3 -piperidinyl, 2 4 -piperidinyl, 2 ,6-piperidinyl, 3,4piperidinyl, 1 ,2-pyrroli dinyl, 1 3 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 ,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,4pyrrolidinyl, 2,-5-pyrrolidinyl, 3 4 -pyrrolidinyl, 2 3 -tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,4tetrahydrofuranyl, 2 ,5-tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3 ,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, with the proviso that 2 is directly bonded to the pyrimidinone ring; 41 42 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, and amino; Q is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, with the proviso that is other than a covalent single bond, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted 9 by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is 13 9 optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 10 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 12 and any carbon adjacent to both R 10 and R 1 2 is optionally substituted by R 1 1 4a 4a K is CHR wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, and haloalkyl; E is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, (R7)NS(0) 2 and S(0) 2 N(R7; YO is formula (IV):
S
17 18 R 6R R16/D K2:,D R19 lb
Q(IV)
5 6 5 6 wherein D D J and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K is C, no more than one ofD, D, J5, and J6 56 5 6 56 5 6 is O, no more than one of D D 6 5, and J6 is S, one ofD D D 6 and J6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5, and J6 are 0 and S, and no 56 5 6 1617 more than four ofD 5
D
6 and J are N, with the provisos thatR 16
R
17 18 19 R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; 16 17 18 19 R R, R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R16 and R19are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one ofR 16 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, N(R26)C(NR2)N(R and C(NR )NR R with the provisos that no more than one of R and R 2 1 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time and that no more than one of R 2 3 and R 2 4 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time; 21 23 24 25 26 R R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, (CR37 R 38)b wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 4, and (CH(R))c-W -(CH(R5))d wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 3 and W 1 is selected from the group consisting of C(O)N(R14), (R 4)NC(O), S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R14), N(R14)S(0) 2 and N(R14 with the provisos that R 14 is selected from other than halo when directly bonded to N and that (CR37R38)b, and (CH(R14))c are bonded to E°; 14.
R 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; 37 38 R and R 38 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl; 38
R
38 is optionally selected from the group consisting of aroyl and heteroaroyl; YO is optionally Qb QSS wherein Qss is (CH(R14))e-W 2 wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 1 through 2 and W 2 is CR4a=CH with the proviso that (CH(R 14))e is bonded to E°.
In an even more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J is O; B is the Formula:
R
RRR
R32 R3 L
[K
R
3 2/ 3* 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and 7 (CH(R )rr wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of (R )NC(O) and N(R7);
R
7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy and alkyl;
R
15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; W isNH; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R1-C;
R
1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R2 is Z-Q;
Z
O is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted 9 by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R10 a carbon adjacent to R13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is 12 10 12 optionally substituted by R2, and any carbon adjacent to both R10 and R12 is optionally substituted by R11 9 11 13 R R and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; 12 R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amrnidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; K is CH 2 E is C(O)N(H); Y is formula
(IV):
S
17 18 R
R
R 16 D K2D R19 I b Q
(IV)
wherein D D6, J5, and J 6are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K2 is C, no more than one of D5, D6 5, and J6 than one is a covalent bond, K is C, no more than one of D D J and J is optionally O, no more than one of D 5
D
6 J5, and J is optionally S, one of D, D 6 J ,and J6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5
D
6 J and J6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5
D
6 5, and J6 are N; 16 17 18 19 R R R 18 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano;
R
16 and R19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R16 and R19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21, Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, and C(NR )NR23R24, with the provisos that no more than one of R 2 0 and R 2 1 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 2 4 is hydroxy at the same time; 20 R 2 1 23 24 R ,R R R andR are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond,
CH
2 and CH 2
CH
2 In another even more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J is O; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 36 consisting of R R R R and R 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R )r r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of (R7)NC(O) and N(R7); R7 is selected frm the group consisting ofhydrido, hydrxy and alkyl; selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alky and R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; W is NH; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R 1
C;
R
1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo;
R
2 is Z
O
-Q;
Zis selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted 9 by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R a carbon 13 adjacent to R13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is 12 10 12 optionally substituted by R2, and any carbon adjacent to both R10 and R2 is optionally substituted by R1 9 11 13 R R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group Sconsisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; 12 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamrido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylamino, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; K is CH 2 E is C(O)N(H); Yo is formula (IV):
S
17 R 1 8 R 6R R16/D5K2D ,R19 lb
Q(IV)
65 6 wherein D D6 J5, and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 2 5,6 5 6 than one is a covalent bond, K is C, no more than one of D D J ,and J 565 6 5 6 5 6 is O, no more than one of DD D 6 J and J6 is S, one of D 5
D
6 and j must be a covalent bond when two of D, 5
D
6 and J6 are 0 and S, and no more than four of D D 6 5 and J6 are N, with the provisos that R 16 R17 18 19 R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; 16 17 18 19 R R ,R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylamino, and cyano; R16 and R9 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one ofR 16 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR R21, Q wherein Qbe is hydrido, C(NR25)NR R24, and N(R26)C(NR)N(R 23)(R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R 2 0 and R 2 1 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R and R 2 4 is hydroxy at the same time; 21 23 24 25 26 R R R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond,
CH
2 and CH 2
CH
2 In still another even more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J isO; B is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl and C4heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon may be optionally substituted with R 3 3 a ring.carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A may be optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbons and a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment may be optionally substituted 9 13 withR or R a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 10 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 13 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R10 position may be substituted with 11 R a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 12 position may be substituted with R 33 and a ring carbon four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 1 1 and R 3 3 positions may be substituted with R34 9 11 13 R R 1 and R 1 are independently selected from the goup consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano;
R
10 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylamino, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; R33and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R 15))pa-(W )rr wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group 7 7 consisting of (R7)NC(O) and N(R R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; is NH; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R1-C; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo;
R
2 is Z
O
-Q;
Zo is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted 9 by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R1, a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 10 a carbon 13 adjacent to R13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 12 and any carbon adjacent to both R 10 and R 1 2 is optionally substituted by R11 K is CH 2 E° is C(O)N(H); YO is formula (IV):
QS
RI7 R8
I
R 1 R R 16-8D K R1 9 lb
(IV)
wherein D 5 D J and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K is C, no more than one of D 5 D, J 5 and J6 is O, no more than one of D D 6 J5, and J6 is S, one of D 5
D
6 5 and J 6 must be a covalent bond when two of D J 5, and J6 are 0 and S, and no more than four of D 5 D J, and J are N, with the provisos that R 6
R
17 18 19 R and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; 16 17 18 a 19 R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylamino, and cyano; 16 19 b R 16andR are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of
R
16 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 Qbe wherein Q is hydrido, and C(NR )NR R with the provisos that no more than one of R 2 0 21 and R 2 1 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one ofR 2 3 and R 2 4 is hydroxy at the same time; 21 23 24
R
2 0 R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond,
CH
2 and CH 2
CH
2 In a most preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J is O; B is the Formula:
R
3 4
R
33 R R 32 33 34 35 36
R
3
R
3 R R 3 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano,and Q A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and C R15 7 (CH(R )rr wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is N(R7);
R
7 is selected from the roup consisting of hydrido and alkyl;
R
15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; IP isNH; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R IC;
R
1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo;
R
2 is Z-Q; Sis a covalent single bond; Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted 9 by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is 13 9 optionally substituted by R 13, a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R a carbon 13 adjacent to R13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 12 and any carbon adjacent to both R 10 and R 12 is optionally substituted by R R 9, R 11, and R 13are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkoxy, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; and R 12are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetanido, haloacetamido, ainidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyamino, aninoalkyl, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, arnidosulfonyl, monoalkyl ami dosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyamido, and cyano; K is CR 2 e 0 is Y0is formula (IV):
S
17 18 Q5: DIV) 5 65 6 wherein D D J and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, 0, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more 2 5 65 6 than one is acovalent bond, K is C, nomore than one ofD ,D ,J ,and J 5 65 6 5 65 6 is0, no more than one of D D ,Ji and J is S, one ofD' ,D J and J 5 65 6 must be acovalent bond when two of D D J and J are 0and S, and no 5 65 6 more than four of D ,D ,J ,and J are N; 16 17 18 19 R16, R17, R18 and R 9are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R16 and R19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R16 and R19 is Qb at the same time and thatQb is Qbe b 20 21 be be Q is selected from the group consisting of NR R Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, and C(NR 2 5
NR
2 3R 2 4 20 21 23 24 R2, R R R and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and alkyl; Qs is CH2.
In another most preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J is O; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group 32 33 34 35 36 consisting of R2, R33, R R35, and R6 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amridosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and 7 (CH(R ))pa(W )rr wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is N(R7); R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido and alkyl:
R
15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; T is NH; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R 1C;
R
2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo;
R
2 isZ-Q; Z is a covalent single bond; Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 10 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 12 and any carbon adjacent to both R 10 and R 12 is optionally substituted by R11 9 11 13 R R 1 1 and R 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkoxy, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; 12 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino. gyuanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyamnino, aminoalkyl, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamiddo, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, amidnoalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyarnido, and cyano; K is CR 2
E
0 is Y0is formula (IV):
QS
R 17 K .R 1 8 565 6 5 6 5 6 wherenDmorDth anod ,D ar indeandnl seleonedfom the grouapd 56 6 must be a covalent bond when two of D D J and J are 0 and S, and no 56 5 6 16 17 more than four of D D J and J are N, with the provisos that R R 18 19 R t and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; 86
R
16
R
17
R
18 and R 19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano;
R
16 and R 19 are optionally
Q
b with the proviso that no more than one of
R
16 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Q is Qbe Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21, be wherein Qbe is hydrido, N(R26)C(NR25)N(R23)(R24), and C(NR25)NR23R24
R
2 0 R R R 2 4
R
2 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and alkyl; Q is CH 2 In still another most preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, J is O; B is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl and C4heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon may be optionally substituted with R 3 3 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A may be optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbons and nitrogens adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment may be optionally substituted 9 13 withR orR a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 10 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R1 3 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 12 a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 10 position may be substituted with R11, a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to 12 33 the R position may be substituted with R and a ring carbon four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R11 and R33 positions may be 34 substituted with R34 9 11 13 R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamrnino, alkylthio, alkoxy, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyamino, aminoalkyl, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyamido, and cyano; 33 and R34 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R33 is optionally Qb A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and 7 (CH(R 15))pa-(W 7)rr wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W7 is N(R7 7.
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; W is NH; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R
I
-C;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo;
R
2 is Z-Q; Sis a covalent single bond; Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted 9 by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 10, a carbon 13 adjacent to R 1 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 12 and any carbon adjacent to both R 1 0 and R 12 is optionally substituted by R11 K is CH 2 E° is C(O)N(H); YO is formula (IV):
S
R17 1 8 b Qb
(IV)
6 5 6 wherein D D 6 J5, and J are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K is C, no more than one of D D 6 J5, and J is O, no more than one of D, D and J6 is S, one of D D 6 5 and J6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D J5 and J are O and S, and no more than four of D D J5, and J 6 are N, with the provisos that R 16
R
17 18 19 R ,and R are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; 16 17 18 19 R R1, R1, and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylenylamino, and cyano;
R
16 an 19 Qb R16 and R19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of
R
16 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21, Qbe wherein Qb is hydrido, and C(NR25)NR3R24 21 23 24 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and alkyl; QS is CH2.
In a preferred specific embodiment of Formula I, compounds have the Formula I-S: a t
(I-S)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: 32 33 34 35 36 R R R R ,and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, -uanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamrido, tflfluoroacetamrido, nitro, aminomethyl, 1-arninoethyl, 2 -aminoethyl, N-methylamnino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2 2 2 -trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3pentafluoropropyl, trifluoroinethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafl uoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl,
N,N-
dimethylaxnidosulfonyl, acetyl, propanoyl, trifluoroacetyl, pentafluoropropanoyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-bydroxyethyl, 2 ,2,2-trifluoro-lI-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-tr-ifl uoro-l1-trifluoromethyl- 1hydroxyethyl, carboxymethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamnidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylan-idocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, trimethylsilyl, ethyl, 2-propenyl, 2 -propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butynyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, 2 -methylpropenyl, 1-pentyl, 2pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 2 -pentynyl, 3 -pentynyl, 2-pentYl, I -methyl.
2-butenyl, 1 -methyl-3-butenyl, l-methyl-2-butynyl, 3-pentyl, 1-ethyl-2propenyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-3-butenyl, 2-methyl-3.
butynyl, 3-methyl butyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyl, 1 -he xyl, 2hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4 -hexynyl, 2-hexyl, 1 -methyl-2-pentenyl, I -methyl-3-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-4-pentenyl, 1methyl-2-pentynyl, l-methyl-3-pentynyl, 3-hexyl, l-ethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl- 3-butenyl, I-propyl-2-propenyl, I1-ethyl -2-butynyl, 1-heptyl, 2-heptenyl, 3heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 5-heptenyl, 6-heptenyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4heptynyl, 5-heptynyl, 2-heptyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexenyl, 1methyl-4-hexenyl, I1-m ethyl -5-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexynyl, 1 -rethyi-3hexynyl, 1-methyl-4-hexynyl, 3-heptyl, l-ethyl-2-pentenyl, 1-ethyl-3pentenyl, 1 -ethyl-4-pentenyl, 1 -butyl-2-propenyl, 1 -ethyl -2-pentynyl, 1-ethyl- 3-pentynyl, I1-octyl, 2-octenyl, 3-octenyl, 4-octenyl, 5-octenyl, 6-octenyl, 7octenyl, 2-octynyl, 3-octynyl, 4-octynyl, 5-octynyl, 6-octynyl, 2-octyl, I1methyl-2-heptenyl, 1 -methyl-3-heptenyl, 1 -methyl-4-heptenyl, 1 heptenyl, 1 -methyl-6-heptenyl, 1 -methyl-2-heptynyl, 1 -methyl-3-heptynyl, 1methylz1..heptenyl, 1 -methyl-5-heptenyl, 1 -methyl-6-heptenyl, 1 -methyl-2heptenyl, I -methyl-3-heptynyl, 1 -methyl-4-heptynyl, 1 -methyl-5-.heptynyl, 3octyl, 1 -ethyl-2-hexenyl, I -ethyl-3-hexenyl, 1 -ethyl-4-hexenyl, l-ethyl-2hexynyl, 1 -ethyl -3 -hexynyl, 1 -ethyl-4-hexynyl, 1 -ethyl-5-hexenyl, 1 -pentyl-2propenyl, 4-octyl, I -propyl-2-pentenyl, 1 -propyl-3-pentenyl, Il-propyl-4pentenyl, 1 -butyl-2-butenyl, I -propyl-2-pentynyl, 1 -propyl-3-pentynyl, 1butyl-2-butynyl, 1 -butyl-3-butenyl, 2 ,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 4 -trifluorornethyl-5,5,5-trifluoropentyl, 4 -trifluoromethylpentyl, 5,5,6,6,6pentafluorohexyl, and 3 3 ,3-trifluoropropyi, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 5 atoms from the 32 point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 33 34 35 36 R R R and R Bis optionally selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, oxertan-2-yl, oxetan-3-yl, azetidin- Il-yl, azetidin-2-yl, azetidin-3-yl, thiaetan-2-yl, thiaetan-3-yi, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, norbornyl, 3trifi uoromethylnorbornyl, bicycl o[3.1 .O]hexan-6-yl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 33in carbons or a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is 9 13, -croorantoeadaeto optionally substituted with R or R ,a ring cro rantoe daett the R 9position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 10.and a ring carbon or a nitrogen adjacent to the R1 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 1 9 10 11 12 13 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting, of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetarnido, trifluoroacetamido.
nitro, aninomethyl, I-aminoethyl, 2-amninoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluorornethylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3 -pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, Nmethylamidosulfonyl, NN-dimethylamidosulfonyl, acetyl, propanoyl, trifluoroacetyl, pen tafluoropropanoyl, hydroxymethyl, I -hydroxyethyl, 2hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro- 1trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxyethyl, carboxymethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl,
N,N-
dimethylailidocarbonyl, and cyano; Ais selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, 0, S, NH, N(CH 3 N(OH), CH 2
CH
3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O),
N(CH
3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3
CF
3 CC(0), C(0)CCH 3
C(O)CCF
3
CH
2 (0)CCH 2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
3
CHCH
2
CF
3
CHCH
2
CH
3
CC(O)CH
2
CF
3 CC(0)CH 2
CH
2 C(0)CCH 3
CH
2 C(0)CCF 3
CH
2
CH
2 and CH 2
(O)CCH
2 A is optionally selected from the group consisting of.CH 2
N(CH
3
CH
2
N(CH
2
CH
3
CH
2
CH
2
N(CH
3 anld CH 2
CH
2
N(CH
2
CH
3 with the proviso that B is hydrido; Mis selected from the group consisting of N and RC Riis selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, thiol, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 2 -aminoethyl, methylamnino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroetbyl, 2.2,2-ti-ifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3pentafluoropropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamnino, ethoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,l, 2 ,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, and bromo; R2isZ -Q; ZO is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, CH 2
CH
2
CH
2 CH(OH.), CH(NH2), CH 2 CH(OH), CH 2
CHNH
2
CH(OH)CH
2 and CH(NH2)CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3pyrazolyl, 4 -pyrazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazol-3 -yl, 1 ,2,4-triazol-5-yl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol- 3-yl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl, 1,3,4-oxadiazol-3-yl, I ,3,4-oxadiazol-5-yl, 3isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl,. 2-tbiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl- 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimi dinyl, 4-pyrixnidinyl, pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 1,3 ,.-triazin-2-yl, 1 2 ,4-triazi n-3yl, l,2,4-triazin-5-yl, l,2,4-triazin-6-yl, l,2,3-triazin-4-yl, and 1,2,3-triazin- -5-yl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is 9 optionally substituted by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the 13 9 point of attachment is optionally substituted by R a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally 10 13 substituted by R- a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at 12 the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R and any carbon adjacent to both R 10and R 12is optionally substituted by R 4a 4a K is CHR wherein R is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, methoxymethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2 2 2 -trifluoromethyl, methyithiomethyl, and hydrido; to is a covalent single bond, and S(O) 2
N(H);
YO is selected from the group of formulas consisting of:-
S
b S
S
R 1 7
R
1 8 R1 Ri 9 R 1 6 R1 Q b Q b S
S
R
1 8 R1 N R 1 N
R
1 6 1 Q b Q b QS
R
1 9 Q
Q
1/ R' Qb R 1 6
I/R
19 QI Qb Rb R 1 7
R
1 1/bQ Qb R 1 6 QSN Qs H
N
R16
)N
N
QQH
%1 R 1 9 Qb and R1) N Q b 16 17 18 19 R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl,
N-
N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2trifluoroethyl, 2 2 ,3,3,3 -pen tafl uoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl,
N-
methylamiidosulfonyl, NN-dimethylamidosulfonyl, acetyl, propanoyl, trifluoroacetyl, pentafluoropropanoyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2hydroxyethyl, 2 2 2 -trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl, and cyano; 16 19 b R and R are optionally Q with the proviso that no more than one ofR 16andR 19is Q batthe same time and that Q bisQ b b -20 21 be Q is selected from the group consisting of NR R Q wherein Q beis hydrido, C(NR 25)NR 23R 24and N(R 26)C(NR 25)N(R 23)(R 24), with the proviso that no more than one of R 20and R 21is hydroxy, Nmethylamino, and N,N-dimethylamino at the same time and that no more than one of R 23and R 24is hydroxy, N-methylamino, and N,N-dirnethylamjno at the same time; 21 23 24 25 26 R R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, hydroxy, 2axninoethyl, 2-(N-methylamnino)ethyl, and 2-(N,N-dimethylarnino)ethyl; Qis selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond,
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
3 CH, CF 3 CH, CH 3
CHCH
2
CF
3
CHCH
2
CH
2
(CH
3 )CH, CH=CH, CF=CH, C(CH 3
CH=CHCH
2
CF=CHCH
2
C(CH
3
)=CHCH
2
CH
2 CH=CH, CH 2 CF=CH, CH 2
C(CH
3
)CH,
CH
2
,CH=CHCH
2
CH
2
CF=CHCH
2
CH
2
C(CH
3
)=CHCH
2
CH,CH=CHCH
2
CH
2
CH,CF=CHCH
2
CH
2 and.
CH
2
C(CH
3
)=CHCH
2
CH
2 In a more preferred specific embodiment of Formula 1, compounds have the Formula I-MPS wherein B is an aromatic: R 2 B A N N 0 H
H
0 (I-MPS wherein B is aromatic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: R 3 3 3
R
2 36 32 33 34 35 36 R ,R ,R ,R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyantino, acetamido, trifluoroacetami do, N-methylamino, dimethylaniino, N-ethyl amino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropyl thio, trifluoromethyl, pentafi uoroethyl, 2,2,2trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 3 -pen tafl.uoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1, 1,2,2tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, aniidosulfonyl,
N-
methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl,
I-
hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro- 1-hydroxvethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamnidocarbonyl, cyano, and Q b A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, N-
N(CH
3 N(OH), CH 2
CH
3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
3
CHCH
2 and
.CF
3
CHCH
2 is selected from the group consisting of NR 20R 21, Q bewherein Q beis 25 23 24 2 hydrido, and C(NR )NR R with the provisos that no more than one ofR and R 21is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23and R 24is hydroxy at the same time; 21 23 24 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond,
CH
2 and CH 2
CH
2 In another more preferred specific embodiment of Formula 1, compounds have the Formula I-MPS wherein B is a non-cyclic substituent: N Yo B N NN'Il0 H
H
0
(I-MPS
wherein B is a non-cyclic substituent) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; Bis selected from the group consisting of hydrido, ethyl, 2-propenyl, 2-propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butynyl, secbutyl, ten-butyl, isobutyl, 2-methyipropenyl, 1-pentyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 2-pentynyl, 3 -pentynyl, 2-pentyl, 1-methyl-2-butenyl, 1 -methyl-3butenyl, 1-methyl-2-butynyl, 3-pentyl, l-ethyl-2-propenyl, 2-methiylbutyl, 2methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl.3.brutenyl, 2-methyl-3 -butynyl, 3 -methylbutyl, 3..
methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyl, 1 -hexyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4hexenyl, -5-hexenyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 2-hexyl, 1-methyl-27' pentenyl, 1 -methyl-3 -pentenyl, I -methyl-4-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-2-pentynyl, 1methyl-3-pentynyl, 3-hexyl, 1 -ethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl-3 -butenyl, 1 -propyl-2propenyl, I1-ethyl-2-butynyl, I1-heptyl, 2-heptenyl, 3 -heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, heptenyl, 6-heptenyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4 -heptynylr5heptynyl, 2hepryl, 1-methyl-2-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexenyl, 1 -m ethyl-4-hexenyl, 1- I -methyl-2-hexynyl, 1 -methyl-3.-hexynyl, 1-methyl-4hexynyl, 3-heptyl, 1 -ethyl -2-pen tenyl, I -ethyl -3-pentenyl, 1 -ethyl -4-pentenyl, 1 -butyl-2-propenyl, 1 -ethyl-2-pentynyl, 1 -ethyl-3-pentynyl, 2,2,2trifluoroethyl, 2 ,2-difluoropropyl, 4 -trifluoromethyl-5,55t-inuoropentyl, 4trifluoromethylpentyl, 5,5, 6 6 6 -pentafluorohexyl, and 3,3 ,3-trifl uoropropyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 5 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more 32 33 34 35 36 of the group consisting of R R R R and R 100 32 33 34 35 36 R ,R R R ,andR are independently selected frmthe group consisting of hydrido, arnidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamnido, trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dirnethylamino, N-ethylaznino, methylthio, ethyltbio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentalluoroethyl, 2,2.2trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 3 -pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl,
N-
methylainidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamnidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl,
I-
hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, aidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb Ais selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH,
N(CH
3 N(OH), CH 2
CH
3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
3
CHCH
2 and 1 5 CF 3
CHCH
2 A is optionally selected from the group consisting of CH 2
N(CH
3
CH
2
N(CH
2
CH
3
CH
2
CH
2
N(CH
3 and CH 2
CH
2
N(CH
2
CH
3 with the proviso that B is hydrido; b 20 21 be b Qis selected from the group consisting of NR R ,Q wherein Q- 25 23 24 26 25 23 24 is hydrido, C(NR. )NR R and N(R )C(NR )N(R with the prviostht o or tanon o R20 adR21ishdoyatesmeiean prvsthat no more than one of R and R is hydroxy at the same timean 20 21 23 24 25 26 R R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, and hydroxy; Qsis selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond,
CH
2 and CH 2
CH
2 101 In still another more preferred specific embodiment of Formula I, compounds have the Formula I-MPS wherein B is a non-aromatic cyclic substituent: 1N 0 B N
N.
H H 0
(I-MPS
wherein B is a non-aromatic cyclic substituent) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl, azetidin-1l-yl, azetidin-2-yl, azetidin-3-yl, thiaetan-3yl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, bicyclo[3.1.0hexan-6-yl, and 33 cycloheptyl wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R33, ring carbons or a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is 9 13 optionally substituted with R or R13, a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the 9 R position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 10 and a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R13 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted 12 with R A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH,
N(CH
3 N(OH), CH2, CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
2
CH
3
CHCH
2 and
CF
3
CHCH
2 33 R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, 102 isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2 ,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 ,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 1 2 2 -tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl,
N,N-
dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amridocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, NN-dirnethylaniidocarbonyl, cyano, andQ b; Q bis selected from the group consisting of NR 20R 21 Q bewherein Q beis hydrido, and C(NR 25)NR 23R 24, with the provisos that no more than one of R2 and R 21is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23and R 24is hydroxy at the same time; 21 23 24 R ,R ,R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, and hydroxy; Qs is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond,
CH
2 and CH 2
CH
2 The more preferred specific embodiment (I-NIPS) compounds of the present invention having the Formula: B N
N
H
H
0) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, have common structural units, wherein; M is selected from the group consisting of N andRIC Riis selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, arninomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, methylamnino, dimethylarnino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- 103 trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamnino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, and bromo; R2isZ -Q; is selected from the oroup consisting of covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting, of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3 -pyrrolyl, 2 -imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3pyrazolyl, 4 -pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3pyridyl, 4-pyri dyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4 -pyrimidinyl, 3 -pyridazinyl, 4 -pyridazinyl, and 1, 3 ,5')-triazin-2-yl, wherein a carbon adjacent 9 to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally 13 9 substituted by R a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R a carbon adjacent to 13 R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally 12 10 12 substituted by R ,and any carbon adjacent to both R and R is optionally substituted by R 9 11 13 R I R ,and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydri-do, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylaniino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2 2 2 -trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3pentafluoropropyl, triluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafl uoroethoxy, fi uoro, chl oro, bromo, methanesulfonarnido, antidosulfonyl, N-methylaxnidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxyrnethyl, I -hydroxyethyl, 2hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-triluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl,
N-
methyl amidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; 104 R 10and R 12are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetaniido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl,
I-
aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamido, ainidosulfonyl, N-methylarnidosulfonyl,
N,N-
dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l -hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamnidocarbonyl, N,N-dirnethylamidocarbonyl, fluoro, chioro, bromo, and cyano; Y 0is selected from the group of formulas consisting of.-
S
R17
R
1 8 Q b S
S
17
R
1 8 18 Q b Q b S
S
)y R18R 1 8 R' N 6J
R
1 9 105
S
R
1 6 Q b
-R
1 9 R17.
.R
1 9 Qs
H
N
R17
:N
106 Q QS QS
QS
N R 9 Q Qb and
R
1
N
Qb 16 17 18 19 R ,R ,R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, carboxy, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1-amrinoethyl, 2 -arninoethyl, N-methylaxnino, dimethylanino, N-ethylamino, methyithio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2 2 ,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 ,3-pentafl uoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 2 2 -tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chi oro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylaxnidosulfonyl, NiN-dimethylaniLidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-. 1 hydroxyethyl, and cyano; R and R are optionally Q with the proviso that no more than one 16 19 b b beof R and R is Q at the same time and that Q is Q In a most preferred specific embodiment of Formula 1, compounds have the Formula I-EMPS wherein B is an aromatic: bb 107 (I-EMPS wherein B is aromatic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula:
R
3 4
R
3 3 1 R R36 32 6
RR
32 33 34 35 36 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of bydrido, amidino, guanidino, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2 2 ,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, amidocarbonyl, carboxy, cyano, and Qb A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH,
N(CH
3
CH
2
CH
3 CH, and CH 2
CH
2 b 20 21 Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 and 15 C(NR25 23R24, with the proviso that said Qb roup is b onded directly to a C(NR )NR R ,wt h rvs htsi ru sbne ietyt carbon atom; 21 23 24 R R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, and ethyl; 108 Q Sis CH 2 In another most preferred specific embodiment of Formula 1, compounds have the Formula I-EMPS wherein B is a non-cyclic substituent: R 2 0 0 B N H
H
(I-EMPS
wherein B is a non-cyclic substituent) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, ethyl, 2 -propenyl, 2-propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butenyl, 2-butynyl, sec-butyl, tertbutyl, isobutyl, 2 -methylpropenyl, 1-pentyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-pentyl, 3 -pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2 -methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbutyl, 3-rnethyl-2-butenyl, 1 -hexyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 2-hexyl, l-methyl-2-pentenyl, 1-methyl-3pentenyl, l-methyl-2-pentynyl, l--methyl-3-pentynyl, 3-hexyl, 1-ethyl -2butenyl, 1-heptyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 5-heptenyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 5-heptynyl, 2-heptyl, l-methyl-2-hexenyl, 1-methyl- 3-bexenyl, 1 -methyl-4-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexynyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexynyl,
I-
methyl-4-hexynyl, 3-heptyl, l-ethyl-2-pentenyl, I-ethyl-3-pentenyl, I-ethyl-2pentynyl, 1 -ethyl-3 -pentynyl, 2 2 ,2-trifluoroethyl, 2 2 -difluoropropyl, 4- 4 -trifluoromethylpentyl, 5,5,6,6,6pentafluorohexyl, and 3 3 3 -trifluoropropyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 5 atoms from the 03 point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 3 33 34 35 36 RR ,R andR R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35, and R 36are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, dimethylaniino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2 ,2,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoro, 109 chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, amidocarbonyl, carboxy, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH,
N(CH
3
CH
2
CH
3 CH, and CH 2
CH
2 A is optionally selected from the group consisting of CH 2
N(CH
3
CH
2
N(CH
2
CH
3
CH
2
CH
2
N(CH
3 and CH 2
CH
2
N(CH
2
CH
3 with the proviso that B is hydrido; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 23R 24, and N(R2)C(NR2)N(R with the proviso that said Qb group is bonded directly to a carbon atom; 21 23 24 25 26
R
20
R
21 R R R 25 and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, and ethyl; Q is CH 2 In still another most preferred specific embodiment of Formula I, compounds have the Formula I-EMPS wherein B is a non-aromatic cyclic substituent:
R
2 M R0 B A N
N
H
H
O
(I-EMPS wherein B is a non-aromatic cyclic substituent) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl, azetidin-3-yl, thiaetan-3-yl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 3 3 ring 110 carbons or a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is 9 13 optionally substituted with R or R 3 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the 9 R position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R and a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R13 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted 12 with R 33 R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, amidocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH,
N(CH
3
CH
2
CH
3 CH, and CH 2
CH
2 Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R21 and C(NR )NR R with the proviso that said Q group is bonded directly to a carbon atom; 21 23 24
R
2 0 R R R 24 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, and ethyl; QS is CH 2 The most preferred specific embodiment (I-EMPS) compounds of the present invention having the Formula: 2 M\
R
2 0 B N N N Y H H 0 111 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, have common structural units, wherein; M is selected from the group consisting of N and RIC; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino.
amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamrnino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chioro;
R
2 is ZoQ; Zo is a covalent single bond; Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 2-furyl, 2pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, and 3-pyridyl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally 9 substituted by R the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of 13 9 attachment is optionally substituted by R3 a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by 13 R a carbon adjacent to R and two atoms from the carbon at the point of 12 attachment is optionally substituted by R12, and any carbon adjacent to both 12 11 R and R is optionally substituted by R1 9 11 13 R R 11, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, methylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,22trifluoroethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, carboxy, and cyano; R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, guanidino, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, l-hydroxyethyl, 2hydroxyethyl, carboxy, carboxymethyl, amino, acetamido, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl,
N-
112 methylamino, dimethylamino, arnidosulfonyl, N-methylamridosulfonyl,
NN-
dimethylaxnidosulfonyl, methoxycarbonyl, fluoro, chioro, bromo, and cyano; YOis selected from the group of formulas consisting of:
R
1 9
,R
1 8
R
1 9
IR
1 9
-R
1 9
QS
R
1 6 )qR9 Qb 6 113
.R
1 9 Qb
R
1 6 QS
S
R
1 9 )S b and R 1 N Qb 16 17 18 19 R R R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl,'pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, chloro, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, carboxy, and cyano.
The compounds of this invention can be used irn anticoagulant therapy for the treatment and prevention of a variety of thrombotic conditions including coronary artery and cerebrovascular disease. The compounds of this invention can be used to inhibit serine protease associated with the coagulation cascade and factors II, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, or XII. The compounds of the invention can inhibit the formation of blood platelet aggregates, inhibit the formation of fibrin, inhibit thrombus formation, and inhibiting embolus formation in a mammal, in blood, in blood products, and in mammalian organs. The compounds also can be used for treating or preventing unstable angina, refractory angina, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attacks, atrial fibrillation, thrombotic stroke, embolic stroke, deep vein thrombosis, disseminated intravascular coagulation, ocular build up of fibrin, and reocclusion or restenosis of recanalized vessels in a mammal. The compounds can also be used in prophylactic treatment of subjects who are at risk of 114 developing such disorders. The compounds can be used to lower the risk of atherosclerosis. The compounds of Formula would also be useful in prevention of cerebral vascular accident (CVA) or stroke.
Besides being useful for human treatment, these compounds are also useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like. More preferred animals include horses, dogs, and cats.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the novel compounds are selected from the compounds set forth in Examples 1 through Example 19 and Tables 1.
The use of generic terms in the description of the compounds are herein defined for clarity.
Standard single letter elemental symbols are used to represent specific types of atoms unless otherwise defined. The symbol represents a carbon atom.
The symbol represents an oxygen atom. The symbol represents a nitrogen atom. The symbol represents a phosphorus atom. The symbol "S" represents a sulfur atom. The symbol represents a hydrido atom. Double letter elemental symbols are used as defined for the elements of the periodical table Cl represents chlorine, Se.represents selenium, etc.).
As utilized herein, the term "alkyl", either alone or within other terms such as "haloalkyl" and "alkylthio", means an acyclic alkyl radical containing from 1 to about 10, preferably from 3 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 3 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, chloroethyl, hydroxyethyl, n-propyl, oxopropyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyanobutyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl,.pentyl, aminopentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl and the like.
The term "alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated, acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains at least one double bond. Such alkenyl radicals contain from about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably from about 3 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 3 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkenyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below. Examples of suitable alkenyl radicals include propenyl, 2 -chloropropenyl, buten-1-yl, isobutenyl, penten-l-yl, 2- 2-methyl buten- 1-yl, 3-methylbuten- 1-yl, hexen-1-yl, 3-hydroxyhexen- 1-yl, hepten-1-yl, and octen-1-yl, and the like.
115 The term "alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated, acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains one or more triple bonds, such radicals containing about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably having from about 3 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably having 3 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below.
Examples of suitable alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1-yl, pentyn-2-yl, 4methoxypentyn-2-yl, 3-methylbutyn-l-yl, hexyn-1-yl, hexyn-2-yl, hexyn-3yl, 33-dimethylbutyn-1-yl radicals and the like.
The term "hydrido" denotes a single hydrogen atom This hydrido radical may be attached, for example, to an oxygen atom to form a "hydroxyl" radical, one hydrido radical may be attached to a carbon atom to form a "methine" radical or two hydrido radicals may be attached to a carbon atom to form a "methylene" (-CH 2 radical.
The term "carbon" radical denotes a carbon atom without any covalent bonds and capable of forming four covalent bonds.
The term "cyano" radical denotes a carbon radical having three of four covalent bonds shared by a nitrogen atom.
The term "hydroxyalkyl' embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with a hydroxyl as defined above.
Specifically embraced are monohydroxyalkyl, dihydroxyalkyl and polyhydroxyalkyl radicals.
The term "alkanoyl" embraces radicals wherein one or more of the terminal alkyl carbon atoms are substituted with one or more carbonyl radicals as defined below. Specifically embraced are monocarbonylalkyl and dicarbonylalkyl _radicals. Examples of monocarbonylalkyl radicals include formyl, acetyl, and pentanoyl. Examples of dicarbonylalkyl radicals include oxalyl, malonyl, and succinyl.
The term "alkylene" radical denotes linear or branched radicals having from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms and having attachment points for two or more covalent bonds. Examples of such radicals are methylene, ethylene, methylethylene, and isopropylidene.
The term "alkenylene" radical denotes linear or branched radicals having from 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and having 116 attachment points for two or more covalent bonds. Examples of such radicals are 1,1-vinylidene 1,2-vinylidene and 1,4-butadienyl
(-CH=CH-CH=CH-).
The tenn "halo" means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms.
The term "haloalkyl" embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals.
A
monohaloalkyl radical, for one example, may have either a bromo, chloro or a fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. More preferred haloalkyl radicals are "lower haloalkyl" radicals having one to about six carbon atoms. Examples of such haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
The term "hydroxyhaloalkyl" embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the haloalkyl carbon atoms is substituted with hydroxy as defined above. Examples of "hydroxyhaloalkyl" radicals include hexafluorohydroxypropyl.
The term "haloalkylene radical" denotes alkylene radicals wherein any one or more of the alkylene carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Dihalo alkylene radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkylene- radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. More preferred haloalkylene radicals are "lower haloalkylene" radicals having one to about six carbon atoms. Examples of "haloalkylene" radicals include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, alkyl substituted monofluoromethylene, and aryl substituted trifluoromethylene.
The term "haloalkenyl" denotes linear or branched radicals having from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms and having one or more double bonds wherein any one or more of the alkenyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined 117 above. Dihaloalkenyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkenyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
The terms "alkoxy" and "alkoxyalkyl" embrace linear or branched oxycontaining radicals each having alkyl portions of one to about ten carbon atoms, such as methoxy radical. The term "alkoxyalkyl" also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more alkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monoalkoxyalkyl and dialkoxyalkyl radicals. More preferred alkoxy radicals are "lower alkoxy" radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, isopropoxy and tert-butoxy alkyls. The "alkoxy" radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "haloalkoxy" and "haloalkoxyalkyl" radicals. Examples of such haloalkoxy radicals include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy, tetrafluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, and fluoropropoxy. Examples of such haloalkoxyalkyl radicals include fluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethoxyethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethoxyethyl, and trifluoroethoxymethyl.
The terms "alkenyloxy" and "alkenyloxyalkyl" embrace linear or branched oxy-containing radicals each having alkenyl portions of two to about ten carbon atoms, such as ethenyloxy or propenyloxy radical. The term "alkenyloxyalkyl" also embraces alkenyl radicals having one or more alkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monoalkenyloxyalkyl and dialkenyloxyalkyl radicals. More preferred alkenyloxy radicals are "lower alkenyloxy" radicals having two to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include ethenyloxy, propenyloxy, butenyloxy, and isopropenyloxy alkyls. The "alkenyloxy" radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "haloalkenyloxy" radicals. Examples of such radicals include trifluoroethenyloxy, fluoroethenyloxy, difluoroethenyhloxy, and fluoropropenyloxy.
The term "halqalkoxyalkyl" also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more haloalkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monohaloalkoxyalkyl and dihaloalkoxyalkyl radicals. The term "haloalkenyloxy" also embraces oxygen radicals having one or more haloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the oxygen radical, that is, to form monohaloalkenyloxy and dihaloalkenyloxy radicals. The term "haloalkenyloxyalkyl" also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more haloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monohaloalkenyloxyalkyl and dihaloalkenyloxyalkyl radicals.
The term "alkylenedioxy" radicals denotes alkylene radicals having at least two oxygens bonded to a single alkylene group. Examples of "alkylenedioxy" radicals include methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylsubstituted methylenedioxy, and arylsubstituted methylenedioxy. The term "haloalkylenedioxy" radicals denotes haloalkylene radicals having at least two oxy groups bonded to a single haloalkyl group. Examples of "haloalkylenedioxy" radicals include difluoromethylenedioxy, tetrafluoroethylenedioxy, tetrachloroethylenedioxy, alkylsubstituted monofluoromethylenedioxy, and arylsubstituted monofluoromethylenedioxy.
The term "aryl", alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a pendant manner or may be fused. The term "fused" means that a second ring is present (ie, attached or formed) by having two adjacent atoms in common (ie, shared) with the first ring. The term "fused" is equivalent to the term "condensed". The term "aryl" embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl.
The term "perhaloaryl" embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl wherein the aryl radical is substituted with 3 or more halo radicals as defined below.
The term "heterocyclyl" embraces saturated and partially saturated heteroatom-containing ring-shaped radicals having from 4 through 15 ring members, herein referred to as "C4-C15 heterocyclyl" selected from carbon, nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom.
Heterocyclyl radicals may contain one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached in a pendant manner or may be fused. Examples of saturated heterocyclic radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocylic group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms[e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, etc.]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms morpholinyl, 119 etc.]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms thiazolidinyl, etc.]. Examples of partially saturated heterocyclyl radicals include dihydrothiophene, dihydropyran, dihydrofuran and dihydrothiazole. Non-limiting examples of heterocyclic radicals include 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolindinyl, 1,3dioxolanyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, and the like.
The term "heteroaryl" embraces fully unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring-shaped aromatic radicals having from 5 through 15 ring members selected from carbon, nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. Heteroaryl radicals may contain one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached in a pendant manner or may be fused. Examples of "heteroaryl" radicals, include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,23triazolyl, etc.] tetrazolyl 1H-tetrazolyl, 2H-tetrazolyl, etc.], etc.; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl tetrazolo etc.], etc.; unsaturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3 ,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, etc.] etc.; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, etc.]; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1.to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl 1,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 13,4thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, etc.] etc.; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, etc.] and the like. The term also embraces radicals where heterocyclic radicals are fused with aryl radicals. Examples of 120 such fused bicyclic radicals include benzofuran, benzothiophene, and the like.
Said "heterocyclyl" group may have 1 to 3 substituents as defined below.
Preferred heterocyclic radicals include five to twelve membered fused or unfused radicals. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl radicals include pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyridyloxy, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, tetrazolyl, 2imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2 -pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl., isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2 ,3-triazolyl, 13,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl, benzo(b)thiophenyl, benzimidazoyl, quinolinyl, tetraazolyl, and the like.
The term "sulfonyl", whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfonyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals -S02-. "Alkylsulfonyl", embraces alkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. "Alkylsulfonylalkyl", embraces alkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. "Haloalkylsulfonyl", embraces haloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where haloalkyl is defined as above. "Haloalkylsulfonylalkyl", embraces haloalkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. The term "aminosulfonyl" denotes an amino radical attached to a sulfonyl radical.
The term "sulfinyl", whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfinyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals "Alkylsulfinyl", embraces alkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. "Alkylsulfinylalkyl", embraces alkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. "Haloalkylsulfinyl", embraces haloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where haloalkyl is defined as above. "Haloalkylsulfinylalkyl", embraces haloalkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
The term "aralkyl" embraces aryl-substituted alkyl radicals. Preferable aralkyl radicals are "lower aralkyl" radicals having aryl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include benzyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, phenylethyl and diphenylethyl. The terms benzyl and phenylmethyl are interchangeable.
The term "heteroaralkyl" embraces heteroaryl-substituted alkyl radicals wherein the heteroaralkyl radical may be additionally substituted with three or more substituents as defined above for aralkyl radicals. The term "perhaloaralkyl" embraces aryl-substituted alkyl radicals wherein the aralkyl radical is substituted with three or more halo radicals as defined above.
The term "aralkylsulfinyl", embraces aralkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where aralkyl is defined as above. "Aralkylsulfinylalkyl", embraces aralkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
The term "aralkylsulfonyl", embraces aralkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where aralkyl is defined as above. "Aralkylsulfonylalkyl", embraces aralkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
The term "cycloalkyl" embraces radicals having three to 15 carbon atoms. More preferred cycloalkyl radicals are "lower cycloalkyl" radicals having three to seven carbon atoms. Examples include radicals such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. The term cycloalkyl embraces radicals having seven to 15 carbon atoms and having two to four rings. Exmaples incude radicals such as norbornyl bicyclo(2.2.1]heptyl) and adamantyl. The term "cycloalkylalkyl" embraces cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl radicals. Preferable cycloalkylalkyl radicals are "lower cycloalkylalkyl" radicals having cycloalkyl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexylhexyl. The term "cycloalkenyl" embraces radicals having three to ten carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Preferred cycloalkenyl radicals are "lower cycloalkenyl" radicals having three to seven carbon atoms. Examples include radicals such as cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl and cycloheptenyl. The term "halocycloalkyl" embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the cycloalkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohalocycloalkyl, dihalocycloalkyl and polyhalocycloalkyl radicals. A monohalocycloalkyl radical, for one example, may have either a bromo, chloro or a fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhalocycloalkyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. More preferred halocycloalkyl radicals are "lower halocycloalkyl" radicals having three to about eight carbon atoms. Examples of such halocycloalkyl radicals include fluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, 122 trifluorocyclopentyl, tetrafluorocyclohexyl, and dichlorocyclopropyl. The term "halocycloalkenyl" embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the cycloalkenyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above.
Specifically embraced are monohalocycloalkenyl, dihalocycloalkenyl and polyhalocycloalkenyl radicals.
The term "cycloalkoxy" embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to an oxy radical. Examples of such. radicals includes cyclohexoxy and cyclopentoxy.
The term "cycloalkoxyalkyl" also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more cycloalkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monocycloalkoxyalkyl and dicycloalkoxyalkyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexoxyethyl. The "cycloalkoxy" radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "halocycloalkoxy" and "halocycloalkoxyalkyl" radicals.
The term "cycloalkylalkoxy" embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to an alkoxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexylmethoxy and cyclopentylmethoxy.
The term "cycloalkenyloxy" embraces cycloalkenyl radicals attached to an oxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexenyloxy and cyclopentenyloxy. The term '"cycloalkenyloxyalkyl" also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more cycloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monocycloalkenyloxyalkyl and dicycloalkenyloxyalkyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexenyloxyethyl. The "cycloalkenyloxy" radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "halocycloalkenyloxy" and "halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl" radicals.
The term "cycloalkylenedioxy" radicals denotes cycloalkylene radicals having at least two oxygens bonded to a single cycloalkylene group. Examples of "alkylenedioxy" radicals include 1, 2 -dioxycyclohexylene.
The term "cycloalkylsulfinyl", embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where 'cycloalkyl is defined as above.
"Cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl", embraces cycloalkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. The term "Cycloalkylsulfonyl", embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to a silfonyl radical, where cycloalkyl is defined as above. "Cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl", embraces cycloalkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
123- The term "cycloalkylalkanoyl" embraces radicals wherein one or more of the cycloalkyl carbon atoms are substituted with one or more carbonyl radicals as defined below. Specifically embraced are monocarbonylcycloalkyl and dicarbonylcycloalkyl radicals. Examples of monocarbonylcycloalkyl radicals include cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylacetyl, and cyclopentylcarbonyl. Examples of dicarbonylcycloalkyl radicals include 1.2dicarbonylcyclohexane.
The term "alkylthio" embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom.
More preferred alkylthio radicals are "lower alkylthio" radicals having one to six carbon atoms. An example of "lower alkylthio" is methylthio
(CH
3 The "alkylthio" radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "haloalkylthio" radicals.
Examples of such radicals include fluoromethylthio, chloromethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, difluoromethylthio, trifluoroethylthio, fluoroethylthio, tetrafluoroethylthio, pentafluoroethylthio, and fluoropropylthio.
The term "alkyl aryl amino" embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, and one aryl radical both attached to an amino radical. Examples include N-methyl4-methoxyaniline, N-ethyl-4-methoxyaniline, and N-methyl-4trifluoromethoxyaniline.
The terms alkylamino denotes "monoalkylamino" and "dialkylamino" containing one or two alkyl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical.
The terms arylamino denotes "monoarylamino" and "diarylamino" containing one or two aryl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical.
Examples of such radicals include N-phenylamino and N-naphthylamino.
The term "aralkylamino", embraces aralkyl radicals attached to an amino radical, where aralkyl is defined as above. The term aralkylamino denotes "monoaralkylamino" and "diaralkylamino" containing one or two aralkyl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical. The term aralkylamino further denotes "monoaralkyl monoalkylamino" containing one aralkyl radical and one alkyl radical attached to an amino radical.
The term "arylsulfinyl" embraces radicals containing an aryl radical, as defined above, attached to a divalent S(0) atom. The term "arylsulfinylalkyl" denotes arylsulfinyl radicals attached to a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms.
124 The term "arylsulfonyl", embraces aryl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where aryl is definied as above. "arylsulfonylalkyl", embraces arylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. The term "heteroarylsulfinyl" embraces radicals containing an heteitiaryl radical, as defined above, attached to a divalent S(O) atom. The term "heteroarylsulfinylalkyl" denotes heteroarylsulfinyl radicals attached to a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms. The term "Heteroarylsulfonyl", embraces heteroaryl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where hetemoaryl is defined as above. "Heteroarylsulfonylalkyl", embraces heteroarylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
The term "aryloxy" embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxygen atom. Examples of such radicals include phenoxy, 4-chloro-3 ethylphenoxy, 4 -chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 3 -chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3,4dichl orophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 3 -trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-fl uorophenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 5-bromo-2fi uorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fl uorophenoxy, 4-fl uoro- 3 -methylphenoxy, 6 7 8 -tetrahydronaphthyloxy, 3 -isopropylphenoxy, 3 -cyclopropylphenoxy, 3-ethyiphenoxy, 3 -pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 1,1 2 ,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, and 4-tent -butylphenoxy.
The term "aroyl" embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include benzoyl and toluoyl.
The term "aralicanoyl" embraces aralkyl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals -include, for example, phenylacetyl. The term "aralkoxy" embraces oxy-containing aralkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals. More preferred aralkoxy radicals are "lower aralkoxy" radicals having phenyl radicals attached to lower alkoxy radical as described above. Examples of such radicals include beazyloxy, 1phenylethoxy, 3-triluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-triluoromethylbenzyloxy, diluorobenyloxy, 3-bromobenzyl oxy, 4 -propylbenzyloxy, 2-fl uoro-3trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 2-phenylethoxy.' The term "aryloxyalkyl" embraces aryloxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such r-adicals include phenoxymethyl.
125 The term "haloaryloxyalkyl" embraces aryloxyalkyl radicals, as defined above, wherein one to five halo radicals are attached to an aryloxy group.
The term "heteroaroyl" embraces heteroaryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include furoyl and nicotinyl.
The term "heteroaralkanoyl" embraces heteroaralkyl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include, for example, pyridylacetyl and furylbutyryl.
The term "heteroaralkoxy" embraces oxy-containing heteroaralkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals. More preferred heteroaralkoxy radicals are "lower heteroaralkoxy" radicals having heteroaryl radicals attached to lower alkoxy radical as described above.
The term "haloheteroaryloxyalkyl" embraces heteroaryloxyalkyl radicals, as defined above, wherein one to four halo radicals are attached to an heteroaryloxy group.
The term "heteroarylamino" embraces heterocyclyl radicals, as defined above, attached to an amino group. Examples of such radicals include pyridylamino.
The term "heteroarylaminoalkyl" embraces heteroarylamino radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include pyridylmethylamino.
The term "heteroaryloxy" embraces heterocyclyl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxy group. Examples of such radicals include 2thiophenyloxy, 2-pyrimidyloxy, 2-pyridyloxy, 3-pyridyloxy, and 4pyridyloxy.
The term "heteroaryloxyalkyl" embraces heteroaryloxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3 -pyridyloxyethyl, and 4-pyridyloxymethyl.
The term "arylthio" embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an sulfur atom. Examples of such radicals include phenylthio.
The term "arylthioalkyl" embraces arylthio radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include phenylthiomethyl.
The term "alkylthioalkyl" embraces alkylthio radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include 126 C-3203 incthylthiontiiyl. The term 'alkoxyakl" embraces alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Eamples of suach radicals include niethoxymnethyl.
The term "carbonyl" denotes a carbon radical having two of the four covalent bondJs shared with an oxygen atom. The term "carboxy" .embraces a kYdroxYl radical, as defined 'above, attached to one of two unsharcd bonds in 2L carbonyl group-. The term "carboxarnide" embraces amino, nionoallcylamino.
dialicylamino, mnonocycloancylamjno, alkYlcycloakltI no, and dicYcloalkylaminjo radicals, atrached to one of two unshared bondz in a carbonyl group. The term "carboxarmdoalkyl" embraces carboxamide radicals, as defined above,- attached to an alkyl group. Tno tenin "carboxtyalkyl"P embraces a carboxy radical. as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The termn "carboalkoxy" embraces alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attac-hod to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group. The term "carboaralkoxy" embraces aralkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group. The term "monocarboalkoxyalcyl" embraces one carboalkoxy radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The term "dicarboalkoxyalkyl" embraces two carboalkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached Ea an alkylene group. The term "monocyanoalkyl" embraces one cyanto radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The term "dicyanoalkylenie" embraces two cyan~o radicals, as defined above, attachcd to an alkyl group. The term "carboalkoxycyanoalkyl" embraces one cyano radical, as defined above. attached to an carboaikoxyalkyl group.
The term, "acyl". alone or in combination, means a carbonyl or thionocarbonyl group bonded to a radical selected from, for example, hydrido, alkyl, alkcnyl, alkynyl, baloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalk-oxy, aryl,7 hecterocyclyl, heteroaryl, 21kytsulinytalkyl, alkylisulfonylalkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl. cycloalkenyl, alkyithio, arylthio, amino, alkcylamino, dialkylamino, aralkoxy, arylthio, and alkylthioalkyl. Examples of "acyl" are formryl, acetyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, plithaloyl, malonyl, nicotinyl. and the like.
The term "haloalkanoyl" embraces one or more halo radicals, as defined herein, attached to an alkanoyl radical as defined above. Examples Cf such radicals include, for example, cbioroc2etyl, trifluoroacetyl, bromopropanioyl, and heprafluorobutanoyl.
The term "phosphono" embraces a pentavalent phosphorus attached with two covalent bonds to an oxygen radical. The term "diaflkoxyphosphono" denotes 127 two alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to a phosphono radical with two covalent bonds. The term "diaralkoxyphosphono" denotes two aralkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to a phosphono radical with two covalent bonds. The term "dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl" denotes dialkoxyphosphono radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl radical. The term "diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl" denotes diaralkoxyphosphono radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl radical.
The term "amino" denotes a nitrogen atom containing two substituents such as hydrido, hydroxy or alkyl and having one covalent bond available for bonding to a single atom such as carbon. Examples of such amino radicals include, for example, -NH2, -NHCH 3 -NHOH, and -NHOCH 3 The term "imino" denotes a nitrogen atom containing one substituent such as hydrido, hydroxy or alkyl and having two covalent bonds available for bonding to a single atom such as carbon.
Examples of such imino radicals include, for example, =NH, =NCH 3
=NOH,
and =NOCH 3 The term "imino carbonyl" denotes a carbon radical having two of the four covalent bond sites shared with an imino group. Examples of such imino carbonyl radicals include, for example, C=NH, C=NCH 3 C=NOH, and
C=NOCH
3 The term "amidino" embraces a substituted or unsubstituted amino group bonded to one of two available bonds of an iminocarbonyl radical. Examples of such amidino radicals include, for example, NH2-C=NH,
NH
2 -C=NCH3
NH
2
-C=NOCH
3 and CH 3 NH-C=NOH. The term "guanidino" denotes an amidino group bonded to an amino group as defined above where said amino group can be bonded to a third group. Examples of such guanidino radicals include, for example,
NH
2 NH 2
-C(NCH
3 NH 2
C(NOCH
3 and CH 3
NH-C(NOH)-NH-.
The term "sulfonium" denotes a positively charged trivalent sulfur atom where said sulfur is substituted with three carbon based groups such as alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl, or aryl. The term "dialkyl sulfonium" denotes a sulfonium group where said sulfur is substituted with two alkyl groups. Examples of such dialkylsulfonium radicals include, for example, (CH 3 2 The term "dialkyl sulfoniurn alkyl" denotes a dialkyl sulfonium group where said group is bonded to one bond of an alkylene group as defined above. Examples of such dialkylsulfoniumalkyl radicals include (CH 3 2 S -CH 2
CH
2 The term "phosphonium" denotes a positively charged tetravalent phosphorus atom where said phosphorus is substituted with four carbon based groups such as alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyl, or aryl. The term "tialkyl phosphoniumdenotes a phosphonium group where said phosphorus is substituted with three alkyl groups. Examples of such trialkyiphosphonium radicals include, for example, (01- 3 3
P?
Said "alkyl", "alkenyl", "alkynyl", "alkanoyl", "alkylene", "alkenylene", "hydroxyalkyl "haloalkyl "haloalkylene", "haloalkenyl", "alkoxy", "alkenyloxy", "al kenyloxyalkyl "al koxyalkyl", "aryl", "perhaloaryl", "haloalkoxy", "haloalkoxyalkyl", "haloalkenyloxy", "haloalkenyloxyalkyl", "6alkylenedioxy", "haloalkylenedioxy", "heterocyclyl", "heteroaryl", "hydroxyhaloalkyl", "alkyl sulfonyl", "haloalicylsulfonyl", "alkylsulfonylalkyl", "haloalkyl sulfontylalkyl", "alkylsulfinyl "alkylsulfinylalkyl", "haloalkylsulfinylalkyl", "aralkyl", "heteroaralkyl", "perhaloaral kyl", "aralkylsulfonyl", "aralkylsulfonylalkyl", "aralkylsulfinyl", "aralkylsulfinylalk-yl", "4cyci oal kyl", "cycloalkylalkanoyl", "cycloalkylalkyl", "cycloalkenyl", "halocycloalkyl", "halocycloalkenyl", "cycloalkylsulfinyl", "cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl", "cycloalkylsulfony", "cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl", "cycloalkoxy", "cycloalkoxyalkyl", "cycloalkylalkoxy", "cycloalkenyloxy", "cycloalkenyloxyalkyl", "cycloalkylenedioxy", "halocycloalkoxy", "halocycloalkoxyalkyl", "halocycloalkenyloxy", "halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl", "alkylthio", "haloalkylthio", "alkylsulfinyl", "amino"~, "toxy P9, "thio"1, "alkylamino", "arylam-ino", "aralkylarnino", "arylsulfinyl", "arylsulfinylalkyl", "arylsulfonyl", "4arylsulfonylalkyl "heteroazylsulfinyl", "heteroarylsulfinylaikyl", "heteroarylsulfonyl "heteroarylsulfonylalkyl", "heteroarylamino", "heteroarylamninoalkyl "heteroaryloxy", "heteroaryloxylalkyl "aryloxy", "aroyl "aralkanoyl", "aralkoxy", aryloxyalkyl", "haloaryloxyalkyl", "heteroaroyl", "heteroaralkanoyl", "heteroaralkoxy", "heteroaralkoxyalkyl", "4arylthio", "aryl thioalkyl", "alkoxyalkyl", "6acyl", "amidino", "guanidino", "dialkylsulfonium", "trialkyiphosphonium", and "dial kylsulfoniuinalkyl" groups defined above may optionally have I or more non-hydrido substituents such as 129 amidino, guanidino, dialkylsulfonium, trialkyiphosphorium.
dialkylsulfoniuinalkyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkyisuffonylalkyI, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalklsulfinyl, cycloalkylsullinylalkyl, cycloalklsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroaylaino-Nalkylanjino heteroarylaminoalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxylalkyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl. haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, hal ocycloalkenyloxy,, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkyithio, alkylthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroaryl sullinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylal kyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkyl sulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonarnido, alkylaminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylamidosulfonyl, aryl sulfonamnido, diarylamidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amiidosulfonyl, aryl sulfi nyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroaryl sulfony!, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, aikynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycl oalkylalkanoyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloal kyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydoxyheteroar-alkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl.
The term "spacer" can include a covalent bond and a linear moiety having a backbone of 1 to 7 contiguous atoms. The spacer may have I to 7 atoms of a univalent or multi-valent chain. Univalent chains may be constituted 2a by a radical selected from C(R -S(0) 2 -N(R -CH(OR =C(OR and 130 2a wherein R is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arailcyl, aryloxyallcyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylth~ioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloal kyl, haloalkenyl, hal Qaikoxyalkyl, perhialoaralkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, and heteroarylalkenyl.
Multi-valent chains may consist of a straight chain of I or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 atoms or a straigaht chain of 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 atoms with a side chain. The chain may be constituted of one or more radicals selected from: lower alkylene, lower alkenyl, -0-CH 2
-S-CH
2
-CH
2
CH
2 ethenyl, -CH=CH(OH)-,
-OCH
2 -0(CH 2 2
-NHCH
2 -OCH(R a)0-,
-O(CH
2 CHP.
-OCF
2 -0(CF 2 2 -N(R 2a)0-, -N(R -C(0)NR 2a-,
-OCH
2
-SCH
2
S(O)CH
2
-CH
2 -CH(OR -C(OR
S(O)
2
CH
2 and -NR 2aCH 2 and many other radicals defined above or generally known or ascertained by one of skill-in-the art. Side chains may include substituents such as I or more non-hydrido substituents such as amidino, guanidino, dialkylsulfonium, trial kyiphosphonium, dialkylsulfoniumalkyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulffinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamnino, N-heteroaryl amino-N-alkyl amino, heteroarylaminoalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxylalkyl, haloalkyl thio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylaxnino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylami no, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arisulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkyl aminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoal kyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl arnidosulfonyl, monoarylamidosutfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylamidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amidosulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl. aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl.
Compounds of the present invention can exist in tautomeric, geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-geometric isomers, E- and Z-geometric isomers, R- and Senantiomers, diastereomers, d-isomers, 1-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention.
Pharmaceutically acceptable sales of such tautomeric, geometric or stereoisomeric forms are also included within the invention.
The terms "cis" and "trans" denote a form of geometric isomerism in which two carbon atoms connected by a double bond will each have a hydrogen atom on the same side of the double bond or on opposite sides of the double bond ("trans").
Some of the compounds described contain alkenyl groups, and are meant to include both cis and trans or and geometric forms.
Some of the compounds described contain one or more stereocenters and are meant to include R, S, and mixtures of R and S forms for each stereocenter present.
Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more ketonic or aldehydic carbonyl groups or combinations thereof alone or as part of a heterocyclic ring system. Such carbonyl groups may exist in part or principally in the "keto" form and in part or principally as one or more "enol" forms of each aldehyde and ketone group present. Compounds of the present invention having aldehydic or ketonic carbonyl groups are meant to include both "keto" and "enol" tautomeric forms.
Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more amide carbonyl groups or combinations thereof alone or as part of a heterocyclic ring system. Such carbonyl groups may exist in part or principally in the "keto" form and in part or principally as one or more "enol" forms of each amide group present Compounds of the present invention having amidic carbonyl groups are meant to include both "keto" and "enol" tautomeric forms.
Said amide carbonyl groups may be both oxo and thiono in type.
Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more imine or enamine groups or combinations thereof. Such groups may exist in part or principally in the "imine" form and in part or principally as one or more "enamine" forms of each group present. Compounds of the present invention having said imine or enamine groups are meant to include both "imine" and "enamine" tautomeric forms.
The present invention also comprises a treatment and prophylaxis in anticoagulant therapy for the treatment and prevention of a variety of thrombotic conditions including coronary artery and cerebrovascular disease in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having such disorder a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formula N R2 M R B Y K E J
(I)
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
As a further embodiment, compounds of the present invention of Formula or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as defined above, comprise a treatment and prophylaxis of coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease and other coagulation cascade related disorders in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having such disorder a therapeutically-effective amount of compounds of formula of the present invention or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
133 Compounds of the present invention of Formula or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof can also be used whenever inhibition of blood coagulation is required such as to prevent coagulation of stored whole blood and to prevent coagulation in other biological samples for testing or storage. Thus coagulation inhibitors of the present inhibition can be added to or contacted with stored whole blood and any medium containing or suspected of containing plasma coagulation factors and in which it is desired that blood coagulation be inhibited, e.g. when contacting the mammal's blood with material selected from the group consisting of vascular grafts, stents, orthopedic prothesis, cardiac prosthesis, and extracorporeal circulation systems.
Compounds of Formula are capable of inhibiting activity of serine proteases related to the coagulation cascade, and thus could be used in the manufacture of a medicament, a method for the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of diseases mediated by coagulation cascade serine proteases, such as inhibiting the formation of blood platelet aggregates, inhibiting the formation of fibrin, inhibiting thrombus formation, and inhibiting embolus formation in a mammal, in blood, in blood products, and in mammalian organs. The compounds also can be used for treating or preventing unstable angina, refractory angina, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attacks, atrial fibrillation, thrombotic stroke, embolic stroke, deep vein thrombosis, disseminated intravascular coagulation, ocular build up of fibrin, and reocclusion or restenosis of recanalized vessels in a mammal. The compounds also can be used to study the mechanism of action of coagulation cascade serine proteases to enable the design of better inhibitors and development of better assay methods. The compounds of Formula would be also useful in prevention of cerebral vascular accident (CVA) or stroke.
Also included in the family of compounds of Formula are the pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof. The term "pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt" embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically acceptable. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formula (I) may be prepared from inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, 134 carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid. Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, araliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucoronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, salicylic, p-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethylsulfonic, benzenesulfonic, sulfanilic.
stearic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, algenic, galacturonic acid. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formula (I) include metallic salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc or organic salts made from N,N'dibenzylethyleneldiamine, choline, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procain. All of these salts may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound of Formula by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formula The present invention also comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formulas (I) in association with at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can comprise the active compounds of Formula in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "carrier" materials) and, if desired, other active ingredients. The active compounds of the present invention may be administered by any suitable route, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended.
The active compounds and composition may, for example, be administered orally, intravascularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, oculary, or topically. For treating ocular build up of fibrin, the compounds may be administered intraocularly or topically as well as orally or parenterally.
The compounds can be administered in the form of a depot injection or implant preparation which may be formulated in such a manner as to permit a sustained release of the active ingredient The active ingredient can be 135 compressed into pellets or small cylinders and implanted subcutaneously or intramusculary as depot injections or implants. Implants may employ inert materials such as biodegradable polymers or synthetic silicones, for example, Silastic, silicone rubber or other silicon containing polymers.
The compounds can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
The compounds may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled.
The compounds may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxy-propyl-methacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethyl-aspartamidephenol, or ployethyleneoxide-polylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues.
Furthermore, the compounds may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, copolymers of polylactic and polyglycolic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross linked or amphitpathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixers, tinctures, suspensions, liquids including syrups, and emulsions. The pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examples of such dosage units are tablets or capsules. The active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable carrier.
The amount of therapeutically active compounds which are administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound employed, and thus may vary widely.
136 The pharmaceutical compositions may contain active ingredients in the range of about 0.1 to 2000 mg, and preferably in the range of about 0.5 to 500 mg. A daily dose of about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg body weight, and preferably between about 0.5 and about 20 mg/kg body weight, may be appropriate. The daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day.
The compounds may be formulated in topical ointment or cream, or as a suppository, containing the active ingredients in a total amount of, for example, 0.075 to 30% w/w, preferably 0.2 to 20% w/w and most preferably 0.4 to w/w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane-13-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulation may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogs. The compounds of this invention can also be administered by a transdermal device. Preferably topical administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety. In either case, the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient. In the-case of microcapsules, the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make-up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base 137 which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations. Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, and sodium lauryl sulfate, among others.
The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low. Thus, the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as diisoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
For therapeutic purposes, the active compounds of the present invention are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants appropriate to the indicated route of administration. If administered per os, the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and then tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration. Such capsules or tablets may contain a controlled-release formulation as may be provided in a dispersion of active compound in hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose. Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions.
These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules having one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration. The compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
138 In practicing the methods of the present invention for the treatment and prevention of a variety of thrombotic conditions including coronary artery and cerebrovascular disease, the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are administered alone or in combination with one another, or in combination with other therapeutics or in vivo diagnostic agents.
The coagulation cascade inhibitors of the present invention can also be coadministered with suitable anti-platelet agreggation agents, including, but not limited to ticlopidine or clopidrogel, fibrinogen receptor antagonists to treat or prevent unstable angina or to prevent reocculsion after angioplasty and restenosis), anti-coagulants such as aspirin, warfarin or heparins, thrombolytic agents such as plasminogen activators or streptokinase to achieve synergistic effects in the treatment of various pathologies, lipid lowering agents including antihypercholesterolemics HMG CoA reductase inhibitors such as mevastatin, lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, and fluvastatin, HMG CoA synthatase inhibitors, etc.), anti-diabetic drugs, or other cardiovascular agents (loop diuretics, thiazide type diuretics, nitrates, aldosterone antagonistics spironolactone and epoxymexlerenone), angiotensin converting enzyme (e.g.
ACE) inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, beta-blockers, antiarrythmics, anti-hypertension agents, and calcium channel blockers) to treat or prevent atheriosclerosis. For example, patients suffering from coronary artery disease, and patients subjected to angioplasty procedures, would benefit from coadministration of fibrinogen receptor antagonists and coagulation cascade inhibitors of the present invention. Also, coagulation cascade inhibitors could enhance the efficiency of tissue plasminogen activatormediated thrombolytic reperfusion.
Typical doses of coagulation cascade inhibitors of the present invention with other suitable anti-platelet agents, anticoagulation agents, cardiovascular therapeutic agents, or thrombolytic agents may be the same as those doses of coagulation cascade inhibitors administered without coadministration of additional anti-platelet agents, anticoagulation agents, cardiovascular therapeutic agents, or thrombolytic agents, or may be substantially less than those doses of coagulation cascade inhibitors administered without coadministration of additional anti-platelet agents, anticoagulation agents, cardiovascular therapeutic agents, or thrombolytic agents, depending on a patient's therapeutic needs.
139 All mentioned references are incorporated by reference as if here written.
Although this invention has been described with respect to specific embodiments, the details of these embodiments are not to be construed as limitations. The following examples are provided to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope thereof. Without-further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding descriptions, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. Therefore the following preferred specific embodiments are to be construed as merely illustrative and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever. Compounds containing multiple variations of the structural modifications illustrated in the schemes or the following Examples are also contemplated. Those skilled in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures can be used to prepare these compounds.
One skilled in the art may use these generic methods to prepare the following specific examples, which have been or may be properly characterized by 'H NMR, mass spectrometry, elemental composition, and similar procedures. These compounds also may be formed in vivo.
The following examples contain detailed descriptions of the methods of preparation of compounds of Formula These detailed descriptions fall within the scope and are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not intended as a restriction on the scope of the invention. All parts are by weight and temperatures are Degrees centigrade unless otherwise indicated.
The following general synthetic sequences are useful in making the present invention. Abbreviations used in the schemes and tables include: "AA" represents amino acids, "AcCN" represents acetonitrile, "AcOH" represents acetic acid, "BINAP" represents 2 2 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)- 1, '-binaphthyl, "BnOH" represents benzyl alcohol, "BnCHO" represents 2-phenylethanal, BnSO 2 CI" represents benzylsulfonyl chloride, "Boc" represents tertbutyloxycarbonyl, "BOP" represents benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris- (dimethylamino), "bu" represents butyl, "dba" represents dibenzylideneacetone, "DCC" represents 1, 3 -dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, "DCM" represents dichloromethane or methylene chloride, "DIBAH" or "DIBAL" represents diisobutylaluminum hydride, "DMF" represents dimethylformamide,
"DMSO"
140 represents dimethylsulfoxide, "DPPA" represents diphenylphosphoryl azide", "EDC" represents 1-[ 3 -(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, "Ex. No." represents Example Number, "Fmoc" represents 9fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, "HOBt" represents hydroxybenzoltriazole",
"LDA"
represents lithium diisopropylanmide, "MW" represents molecular weight, "NMM" represents N-methylmorpholine, "Ph" represents phenyl or aryl, "PHTH" represents a phthaloyl group, "pnZ" represents 4 -nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, "PTC" represents a phase transfer catalyst, "py" represents pyridine,
"RNH
2 represents a primary organic amine, "SEM" represents 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy-methyl chloride, "p-TsOH" represents paratoluenesulfonic acid, "TBAF' represents tetrabutylammonium fluoride, "TBTU" represents 2-(1 H-benzotriozole-1-yl)-1,13 3 -tetramethyl uronium tetrafluoroborate, "TEA" represents triethylamine, "TFA" represents trifluoroacetic acid, "THF" represents tetrahydrofuran, "TMS" represents trimethylsilyl, "TMSCN" represents trimethylsilyl cyanide, and "Cbz" or "Z" represents benzyloxycarbonyl.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES AND SPECIFIC
EXAMPLES
The compounds of the present invention can be synthesized, for example, according to the following procedures and Schemes given below.
2 A general synthetic approach to a wide variety of R2-substituted pyrimidinones is shown in Schemes 1 through Scheme 5 below. Treatment of a solution of ethyl benzimidate hydrochloride in methanol with amninoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal provided the substituted benzamidine. Cyclization of the benzamidine with dimethyl methoxymethylene-malonate resulted in the formation of the pyrimidinone heterocyclic core with the required functional groups for further manipulation. Demethylation of the ester with lithium iodide followed by Curtius rearrangement of the resulting acid installed the crucial nitrogen at C-5 as a protected carbamate. Hydrolysis of the dimethyl acetal and oxidation of the resulting aldehyde with sodium chlorite gave the glycine unit at N-3. Protection of the acid as a t-butyl ester followed by deprotection of carbamate by hydrogenation gave the free amine at C-5. Treatment of this amine with a sulfonyl chloride or with an aldehyde under reductive amination conditions gave the sulfonamide or 141 secondary amine, respectively. The protected acids were then unmasked with HC.
These acids are then coupled under standard peptide coupling conditions with various amines. These amines are typically multifunctional, and are used in some protected form. Removal of these protecting groups provides the compounds for evaluation. These synthetic schemes and procedures are exemplified below.
142 Scheme 1: General Pyrimidinone 143 Scheme 2: General Pyrimidinone Synthesis-I (Continued) 6 k4b (0100)2, t-BuOH, Pyridine 0 H N' 144 Scheme 3: General Pyrimidinone Synthesis-I (Continued) B-HN'
NN
8 S 0 2 2H N 0 4 0 4 b BCH 2 145 Scheme 4: General Pyrimidinone Synthesis-I (Concluded) 146 Scheme 5: General Pyrimidinone Synthesis-I (Concluded)
BSO
2 -HN N PdCI H 0 N Y R N
Y
BCH
2
-HNN
H
0 R 4 b Synthetic Scheme 1 through Scheme 5 are exemplified in the following examples.
147 Example 1 "S'N 2 TFA H O
NH
2
NH
(EX-1A) A solution of ethyl benzimidate hydrochloride 9 2 .25 g, 496.9 mmol) in 300.0 mL dry methanol (1.68 M) was cooled to ca 0 C and added a solution of aminoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (73.10 mL 670.9 mmol) in dry methanol (75.0 mL, 9.0 M) drop wise at such a rate the temperature was kept below 5°C. The resulting solution was allowed to stir for 3 days with the temperature being maintained below 5C. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. The residue was dissolved in 1 N NaOH (750 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 250 mL). The organic solutions were combined, dried (MgSO 4 and concentrated to give 108.13 g crude N-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)benzamidine as a yellow oil.
The crude N-( 2 2 -dimethoxyethyl)benzamidine (108.13 g, 519.2 mmol) in dry methanol (125.0 mL, 4.2 M) was added dimethyl methoxymethylenemalonate (94.13 g, 540.5 mmol) in one portion at room temperature. The resulting mixture was heated to approximately 100'C, where the solvent was slowly distilled off over a two hour period. The resulting dark brown solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and was diluted ethyl acetate (1 The organic solution was washed with saturated NH 4 C1 (2 x 500 mL) and brine (1 x 500 ml). The organic solution was dried (MgSO,), filtered and concentrated. Purification of the crude product by MPLC (25% ethyl acetate/hexane) gave pure methyl 1-(2,2dimethoxyethyl-2-phenylpyrimidin-6(1H)-one-5-carboxylate (EX-1A) in 73% yield as a tan oil: 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 6 8.73 1H), 7.59-7.49 4.86 J= 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.16 J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.95 3H), 3.32 6H); 3 C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI 3 6 165.9, 164.6, 159.3, 158.2, 134.6, 130.9, 128.93, 128.78, 114.9, 101.4, 56.0, 55.1, 52.7, 49.1; HRMS (ES) calcd for Ci 6
HN
2 0 5 319.1294, found 319.1288.
148 (EX- 1 B) A solution of methyl I-( 2 2 -dimethoxyethyl.2-phenylpyrimidin 6 (lR)-one-5-carboxylate (93.00 2 92.2 mnol) in 420.0 mL dry PYridine (0.70 M) was added lithium iodide (98.00 mIL, 732.2 mxnol) in one portion with stirin g at room temperature, upon which an exotherm occurs. The resultin g light brown suspension was heated to reflux for 2 hours. The dark brown reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was diluted with 1 N HOI (500 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane/methanol (4:1,4 x 250 mL). The combined organic solutions were washed with 6 N HCl (2 x 250 mL), dried (MgSO 4 filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by crystallization (ethyl acetatelhexane) to give pure l-( 2 2 -dimethoxyethyl-2.
phenylpyimidin6(1J)one-5carbxylate (EX-iB) in 63 yield as a white solid: 'H NM4R (300 MHz, CDCI 3 6 12.99 1H), 8.97 1H), 7.63-7.51 (in, 5H),4.78 (dd, J 4.3, 5.5 Hz, INH), 4.28 J =5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.30 6H); 3
C
NIR (75 Mz, CDCI.) 6 165.8, 165.1, 164.1, 159.1, 133.6, 131.5, 129. 1, 129.0, 112.6, 101.0, 55.8, 49.2; HRMS (ES) cal cd for C, 5H, 7 N,0 5 305.1137, found 305.1113.
(E X-I1C) A suspension of l-( 2 2 -dimethoxyethyl-2-phenylpyrimidin- 6 (IH)-one-5-carboxylate.(65-93 g, 216.67 mmol) in 800 mL 1,4-dioxane (0.27 was added triethylamrine (50.0 ml, 358.7 mmol) followed by diphenyiphosphoryl azide (51.40 mL, 238.5 mmol) in one portion at room temperature. The resulting solution was slowly heated to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then added benzyl alcohol (45.00 mL, 434.8 mmol) and refluxing was maintained for approximately 14 hours. The black solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and the volatiles were removed ffnder vacuum. The resulting residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (1.5 The organic solution was washed with saturated
NI-
4 Cl (2 x 500 mL), 1 N NaOH (1 x 500 and brine (1 x 500 ml). The organic solution was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give the crude product. Purification by MPLC( 15%-30% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded pure [5-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino-2.phenyl& ox-16dhdo -yinidnlaeadhd dimethyl acetal (EX- IC) as light brown solid in 46% yield: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 6 8.72 (br s, 1H), 7.53- 7.3 2 (in, I1I-H), 5.20 2H), 4.68 J=5.6 Hz, INH), 412 J1=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.22 6H); 3 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI 3 6 158.3, 153.7, 153.2, 135.9, 134.9, 134.7, 130.1, 129.1, 128.9, 128.8, 128.71, 128.66, 128.4, 125.1, 101.3, 67.7, 55.4,48.6; HRMS (El) calcd for CH,4N 3 0O, 410.1716, found 410.1741.
(EX-1D) A solution of [5-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenyl-6-oxo- 1, 6 -dihydro-l-pyrimidinyl]acetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (17.24 g, 42.11 mmol) in 103.0 mL tetrahydrofuran was added 35.0 mL 1 N HC1. The resulting biphasic mixture was allowed to heated to reflux for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the volatiles were removed under vacuum.
The resulting residue was diluted with water (200 mL) and the pH was adjusted to 7 by addition of solid NaHC03. The resulting emulsion was extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 150 mL). The combined organic solutions were washed with water (1 x 200 mL), dried (MgSO), filtered, and concentrated to give 15.74 g crude [5-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro- pyrimidinyl]acetaldehyde.
A solution of crude [5-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenyl-6-oxo-l,6dihydro-1-pyrimidinyl]acetaldehyde (15.30 g, 42.11 mmol) in 198.0 mL of tetrahydrofuran, t-butyl alcohol, and 2-methyl-2-butene (1:1:13, 0.21 M) was cooled to O0C. The solution was then slowly added a solution of sodium chlorite (29.94 g, 331.1 mmol) and sodium dihydrogenphosphate monohydrate (35.42 g, 256.7 mmol) in 102.0 mL of water (3.2 M based on sodium chlorite). The resulting gold colored, biphasic solution was stirred for 10 minutes and the cold bath was removed. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The resulting solution was diluted with water (200 mL) and the pH was adjusted to 3 by addition of sat NaHCO3 and 1 N HC1. The aqueous solution was extracted by tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane (1:2,4 x 180 mL). The combined organic solutions were dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product. Purification by trituration with ethyl ether gave an 88% yield of [5-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-2phenyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-1-pyrimidinyl]acetic acid as a white solid: 'H NMR (300 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 1334 (br s, 1H), 9.03 1H), 7.57-7.34 10H), 5.23 2H), 4.56 2H); 3 C NMR (75 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 169.4, 158.0, 154.6, 154.3, 137.1, 134.8, 130.9, 129.4, 129.1, 128.78, 128.72, 128.50, 125.5, 67.0, 48.8; HRMS (El) calcd for C 20 HsN 3 0 5 380.1246, found 380.1246.
150 (EX-IE) A suspension of [S-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)aminoj-2-phenyl-6oxo-l,6-dihydro-l-pyrimidinyl]acetic acid (5.2503 g, 13.84 mmol) in 70.0 mL chloroform (0.2 M) was cooled in an ice bath to approximately 0 0 C. The cold suspension was then added oxalyl chloride (6.00 mL, 68.78 mmol) drop wise via syringe. After vigorous gas evolution, a golden homogeneous solution resulted.
After stirring for 5 minutes, the cold bath was removed and the solution was stirred for an additional 2 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and placed on the high vacuum system to remove residual solvents for 10 minutes. The resulting yellow solid was diluted with 70.0 mL chloroform (0.2 M) and added pyridine (1.70 mL, 21.02 mmol) and 2-methyl-2propanol (3.50 ml, 36.60 mmol). The resulting tan colored solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, and then heated to reflux for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with chloroform (300 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (1 x 100 mL), saturated NaHCO 3 (1 x 100 mL), and brine (1 x 100 mL). The organic solution was dried (MgSO 4 filtered and concentrated. The crude reaction was purified by MPLC ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give the product in 49% yield: 'H NMR (300 MHz,
CDC
3 6 8.81 (br s, 1H), 7.57-7.38 11H), 5.27 2H), 4.57 2H), 1.47 9H); 3 C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI 3 6 166.4, 158.0, 153.2, 135.9, 135.0, 134.4, 130.6, 129.1, 128.9, 128.7, 128.5, 128.4, 125.4, 83.4, 67.7, 49.1, 28.2; HRMS (EI) calcd for C 24 H,,NsO, 436.1872, found 436.1876.
(EX-1F) A solution of [5-amino-2-phenyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-lpyrimidinyl]acetic acid t-butyl ester (1.8647 g, 4.282 mmol) in 21.0 mL methanol (0.2 M) was added 2113 mg 10% Pd/C in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (balloon) at room temperature for approximately 16 hours. The crude reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite 545 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was triturated from ethyl ether to give pure product [5-amino-2-phenyl-6oxo-l,6-dihydro-l-pyrimidinyl]acetic acid t-butyl ester (EX-1F) in 99% yield: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 6 7.41-7.39 6H), 4.48 2H), 4.06 (br s, 2H), 1.39 9H); "C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI 3 6 166.8, 158.6, 149.3, 134.9, 132.9, 130.0, 128.9, 128.5, 127.7, 82.9, 48.7, 28.1; HRMS (EI) calcd for C,,H 20
NO,
302.1505, found 302.1491.
151 (EX-IG) A solution of [5-amino-2-phenyl-6-oxo-,6-dihydro- 1pyrimidinyl]acetic acid r-butyl ester (1.0300 g, 3.418 mmol) in 5.5 mL tetrahydrofuran and 2.0 mL dimethylformamide (0.45 M) was added Nmethylmorpholine (1.20 mL, 10.91 mmol) in one portion. The solution was cooled to 0'C in an ice bath. After stirring for 10 minutes, a solution of 718.2 mg a-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3.767 mmol) in 5.5 mL tetrahydrofuran (0.68 M) was added drop wise over a 5 minute period. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0°C. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic solution was washed with 1 N HCI (2 x 25 mL), saturated NaHCO, (2 x 25 mL), and brine (1 x 50 mL). The organic solution was dried (MgSO,), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow solid was triturated with ethyl ether, filtered, and dried under vacuum to afford pure product (EX-1G) as a white solid in 74% yield: 'H NMR (400 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 9.34 1H), 7.76 1H), 7.55-7.28 10H), 4.59 2H), 4.49 2H), 1.32 9H); 3 C NMR (100 MHz, d-DMSO)6 167.0, 158.8, 156.5, 142.1, 134.5, 131.7, 131.0, 130.1, 129.4, 129.0, 128.94, 128.58, 124.8, 83.0, 59.6, 49.2, 28.1; HRMS (EI) calcd for C 23
H
26
N
3 OsS 456.1593, found 456.1597.
(EX-1H) A solution of(EX-1G) (1.0643 g, 2.336 mmol) in 9.0 mL 4M HCI in dioxane (0.1 M) was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. The crude reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with ethyl ether to afford pure product (EX-1H) in 87% yield as a. white solid: 'H NMR (400 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 9.32 1H), 7.74 1H), 7.51-7.30 (m, 4.58 2H), 4.48 2H); 3 C NMR (100 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 169.2, 158.7, 156.6, 141.9, 134.5, 131.7, 131.0, 130.1, 129.4, 129.0, 128.90, 128.56, 124.8, 59.6,48.9; HRMS (EI)calcd for C,,HaN,30S 400.0967, found 400.0959.
(EX-1I) A solution of acid (EX-1H) (406.8 mg, 1.018 mmol) in 10.0 mL dimethylformamide (0.10 M) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.900 mL, 5.167 mmol), N-hydroxybenzotriazole 16 7 7 mg, 1.241 mmol), and 1-[3- (dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (236.1 mg, 1.232 mmol). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature after which the mixture had become homogeneous. The reaction mixture was then added 4 -(Cbz-amidino)benzylamine (324.6 mg, 1.126 mmol) in 152 one portion at room temperature. The resulting mixture was then allowed to stir for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with 5% citric acid (1 x 25 mL), saturated NaHCO, (1 x 25 mL), and brine (1 x 25 mL). The organic solution was dried (MgSO,), filtered and concentrated. The crude reaction mixture was purified trituration with ethyl ether to afford pure product (EX-I) in as a white solid: 'H NMR (300 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 936-9.18 (br m, 3H), 8.82-8.78 1H), 7.98 J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.84, 1H), 7.56-7.32 16H), 5.15 2H). 4.65 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.40 J= 5.4 Hz, 2H); HRMS (EI) calcd for C 5
H
33
N
6 OS, 665.2182, found 665.2177.
A solution of Cbz-amidine (EX- 1) (237.7 mg, 357.6 mmol) in 3.5 mL methanol and 4 M HCI in dioxane 0.1 M) was added 42.1 mg 10% Pd/C in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (balloon) at room temperature for approximately 16 hours. The crude reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite 545 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification of the crude product by HPLC (gradient, acetonitrile/water with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) afforded pure product as a white solid: 'H NMR (300 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 9.31-9.28 4H), 8.88 (br s, 1H), 7.81-7.77 3H), 7.60-7.54 5H), 7.43-7.37 7H), 4.65 2H), 4.58 2H), 4.42-4.41 2H); HRMS (EI) calcd for C 2 7 0S 531.1815, found 531.1794.
Example 2 N N 2 TFA NH H 0
NH
2
H
By following the method of Example 1, the title compound was prepared: 'H NMR (300 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 9.40-9.33 4H), 8.86 1H), 7.82 2H), 7.72-737 15H), 4.65-4.59 4H), 4.41-4.40 2H); HRMS (EI) calcd for C,- 7
H
2
N
6 0OS 531.1815, found 531.1794.
153 Example 3 2 HCI
NH
2
NH
(EX-3A) A solution of [5-amino-2-phenyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-1pyrimidinyl]acetic acid t-butyl ester (EX-IF) (613.7 mg, 2.037mmol) in 7.0 mL tetrahydrofuran and dichloromethane 03 M) was added 25.0 mL acetic acid and phenylacetaldehyde (0.475 mL, 4.060 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0"C in an ice bath and added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.9131 g, 9.027 mmol) in one portion. After stirring for 5 minutes, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 1 N NaOH (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred for minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted 0.5 N NaOH (100 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic solutions were washed with 0.5 N NaOH (1 x 25 mL) and brine (1 x 25 mL). The solution was dried (MgSO,), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by MPLC (25% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded EX-3A as a yellow oil in 74% yield: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 6 7.43-7.40 4H), 7.31-7.26 2H), 7.23-7.16 5H), 4.70 (br s, 1H), 4.49 2H), 3.38-3.34 2H), 2.96-2.92 2H), 1.40 9H); HRMS (El) calcd for C 24
,HN
3 0 3 406.2131, found 406-2125.
A solution of EX-3A (521.3 mg, 1.286 mmol) in 13.0 mL 4M HCI in dioxane (0.1 M) was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. The crude reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with ethyl ether to afford pure product EX-3B in quantitative yield as a yellow solid: 'H NMR (300 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 7.66-7.57 5H), 7.33-7.23 6H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.44-335 2H), 2.97-2.92 2H); 3 C NMR (75 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 168.8, 157.0, 148.0, 139.9, 135.0, 132.2, 129.69, 129.48, 129.07, 126.9, 48.8, 44.5, 34.5; HRMS (EI) calcd for C20H2oNO, 0350.1505, found 350.1520.
154 A solution of EX-3B (497.8 mg, 1.290 mmol) in 13.0 mL dimethylformamide (0.10 M) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.800 mL, 10.33 mmol), N-hydroxybenzotriazole (212.8 mg, 1.575 mmol), and 1-[3- (dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (302.5 mg, 1.578 mmol). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature after which the mixture had become homogeneous. The reaction mixture was then added 4-(Cbz-amidino)benzylamine (410.9 mg, 1.425 mmol) in one portion at room temperature. The resulting mixture was then allowed to stir for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with 5% citric acid (1 x 25 mL), saturated NaHCO (1 x 25 mL), and brine (1 x 25 mL). The organic solution was dried (MgSO), filtered and concentrated. The crude reaction mixture was purified trituration with ethyl ether to afford pure product EX-3C in as a white solid: 'H NMR (400 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 9.08 (br s, 2 8.62 J 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.15 17H), 5.35 J= 5.9 Hz, 1H), 5.07 2H), 4.44 2H), 4.29 J 5.4 Hz, 2H), 331-3.26 2H), 2.88-2.85 2H); HRMS (EI) calcd for
C
36
H
3 5 sNO, 615.2720, found 615.2688.
A solution of EX-3C (222.6 mg, 362.1 mmol) in 4.0 mL methanol and 4 M HCI in dioxane 0.1 M) was added 5 3 .0 mg 10% Pd/C in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (balloon) at room temperature for approximately 16 hours. The crude reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite 545 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification of the crude product by trituration from ethyl ether afforded pure product as a yellow solid: 'H NMR (300 MHz, d-DMSO) 6 9.62-9.30 (br m, 5H). 7.88 (br m, 2H), 7.58-6.86 (br m, 15H), 4.59 (br s, 2H), 4.36 (br s, 2H), 3.38 (br s, 2H), 2.91 (br s, 2H); HRMS (EI) calcd for C,,H 2 9 NO, 481.2352, found 481.2348.
Pyrimidinones having, for example, a directly bonded 2-aryl, 2-heteroaryl, or 2 -heteroatom linking/bonding an organic group through the heteroatom to the pyrimidinone ring can be prepared using Scheme 6 and Scheme 7 below. The heteroatom is typically a sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or another suitable heteroatom.
Use of the general procedure in Scheme 6 to prepare specific heteroatom substituted pyrimidinones is disclosed in Examples 4 and 155 Scheme 6. Preparation of 2-Substituted Pyrimidinones Step A 1. K 2 00 3
SEMCI
Step B 2. K 2 C0 3
CICH
2 -00 2
CH
3 10 0 2
N'
I N11C 2
CH
3 f EM Step !CH 3 Step E: 1. LIOH, MeOH
H
2 0 Step F: 2. EDC, HO~t,/ DIEA,
DMF/
R -NH 2 1. TBAF, THF ',SteD
H:,
Step 1: 1. R-SH, R-OH, or R-NH 2 Dioxane, Base or
P
Step J: Ph Pd(PPh 3 4 Na 2
CO
3 rK00
%~CONH-R
H
156 Example 4 Ph NN I 2 H
CI
HH
C
H 0
NH
2
NH
(EX-4A) A solution of 5-nitro-2,4(1H,3H) pyrimidinedione in dimethylsulfoxide (0.2 M) is added 1.1 equivalents potassium carbonate in one portion with stirring. After approximately 10 minutes, a solution of 1 equivalent 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy-methyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide is added drop wise.
The reaction mixture is then heated to 40"C and allowed to stir for 18 hours.
Typical aqueous work up followed by chromatographic purification provides pure product EX-4A.
EX-4B) A solution of 5-nitro-l-SEM-2,4(1H3H) pyrimidinedione
(EX-
4A) in dimethylsulfoxide (0.2 M) is added 1.1 equivalents potassium carbonate in one portion with stirring. After approximately 10 minutes a solution of 1 equivalent methyl bromoacetate.in dimethylsulfoxide is added drop wise. The reaction mixture is then heated to 40 0 C and allowed to stir for 18 hours. Typical aqueous work up followed by chromatographic purification provides pure product EX-4B.
EX-4C) A solution of 5-nitro-l-SEM-3-methoxycarbonylmethyl
(EX-
4B) 2 ,4(H, 3 H)pyrimidinedione in methanol is degassed with hydrogen gas. To the solution is then added 5% Pd/C which is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 24 hours. The crude reaction is filtered through a pad of Celite 545 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography gives pure 5-amino-1-SEM- 3 -methoxycarbonylmethyl- 2,4(1 H, 3 H)pyrimidinedione EX-4C.
EX-4D) To a solution of 5-amino- l-SEM- 3 -methoxycarbonylmethyl- 2 4 (1H 3 H)pyrimidinedione (EX-4C) in tetrahydrofuran and dichloromethane 0.3 M) is added a catalytic amount of acetic acid and 1 equivalent phenylacetaldehyde. The solution is cooled to 0°C in an ice bath and 1 equivalent sodium triacetoxyborohydride is added in one portion. After stirring for 5 minutes, the ice bath is removed, and the reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room 157 temperature for 2 hours. The reaction is quenched by the addition of 1 N NaOH, and the mixture is stirred for 5 minutes. Typical aqueous work up, followed by chromatographic purification provides pure product EX-4D.
EX-4E) To a solution of 1-SEM-3-methoxycarbonylmethyl-5(2phenylethyl)amino-2,4(1H,3H)pyrimidinedione (EX-4D) in tetrahydrofuran and methanol 0.2 M) is added I equivalent of lithium hydroxide in water. After the reaction is complete, the volatiles are removed under reduced pressure. The remaining aqueous solution is cooled in an ice bath and acidified to a pH of 1 with N HCI. Extraction with organic solvent and removal of the solvent under reduced pressure gives pure product EX-4E.
EX-4F) To a solution of 1-SEM-3-methylenecarboxy-5(2phenyl ethyl)amino-2,4(1 H,3H)pyrimidinedione dimethylformamide (0.1 M) are added 5 equivalents of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 1 equivalent of Nhydroxybenzotriazole, and 1 equivalent of 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. The resulting mixture is stirred for 30 minutes.
The reaction mixture is then treated with I equivalent of the appropriate amine and allowed to stir over night. Typical aqueous work up followed by chromatographic purification gives pure product EX-4F.
EX-4G) To a solution.of 1-SEM-3-methylenecarbaide-5-(2phenylethyl)amino-2,4(1H3H)pyrimidinedione in tetrahydrofuran (03M) is added 2 equivalents of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran. The resulting solution is refluxed for several hours. Typical aqueous work up is followed by chromatographic purification to give pure product EX-4G.
EX-4H) To a solution of 3-methylenecarboxamide-5-(2phenylethyl)amino-2,4(1H,3H)pyrimidinedione (EX-4G) in NN-dimethylaniline (0.3M) is added 1 equivalent of phosphorus oxychloride. The resulting_solution is refluxed for several hours. Typical aqueous work up is followed by chromatographic purification to give pure product EX-4H.
EX-41) To a solution of 2 -chloro-3-methylenecarboxamide-5(2phenylethyl)amino-2,4(1 H,3H)pyrimidinedione (EX-4H) in dioxane (03M) is added 2 equivalents of phenylthiol. The resulting solution is refluxed for several hours. Typical aqueous work up is followed by chromatographic purification to give pure product EX-4I.
A solution of 2 -thiophenyl-3-methylenecarboxamide-5(2phenylethyl)amino-2,4(1H,3H)pyrimidinedione (EX-41) in methanol and 4M 158 HCI dioxane 0.1 M) is degassed with hydrogen gas. To the solution is then added 5% Pd/C which is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 24 hours. The crude reaction is filtered through a pad of Celite 545 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography gives pure product.
Example N N Ph N N 2 HCI H 0
N
H
NH
2
NH
EX-SA) To a degassed solution of 2 2 -phenylethyl)amino-2,4(1H, 3 H)pyrimidinedione and 1 equivalent of 3pyridineboronic acid in 1-propanol (0.5M) is added 1.2 equivalents of 2.0 M sodium carbonate followed by 1 mol of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium.
The resulting mixture is heated to reflux for several hours. After cooling to room temperature, typical aqueous work up is followed by chromatographic purification to give pure product A solution of 2 3 -pyridinyl)-3-methylenecarboxamide-5(2phenylethyl)amino-24(1H3H)pyrimidinedione (EX-5A) in methanol and 4M HCI dioxane 0.1 M) is degassed with hydrogen gas. To the solution is then added 5% Pd/C, and the solution is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 24 hours. The crude reaction is filtered through a pad of Celite 545 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography gives pure product.
Pyrimidinones having, for example, a directly bonded 2-aryl, 2 -heteroaryl, or 2 -heteroatom linking/bonding an organic group through the heteroatom to the pyrimidinone ring can also be prepared using Scheme 7 below. In this reaction scheme, the aryl is introduced by forming a carbon-carbon bond. Heteroatom suitable for forming heterolinked aryl pyrimidinones include sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or another suitable heteroatom. Use of the general procedure in 159 Scheme7 to prepare specific heteroatorn substituted pyrimnidinones is disclosed in Examples 6 and 7.
Scheme 7: Alternate Pyrimidinone Synthesis Y Pd(PPh 3 4 1.4 equiv Cu(I)-TC mn-N0 2 -Ph-B(OH) 2
B-A-HN
!EDO
HOBT,
ICbz-Yc'-NH 2 then H 2 Pd/C 'N
Y-O
H
Example 6 160 2 TFA ,NH2
NH
(EX-6A) 2-Thiouracil (66.7 g, 520.5 mmol) was dissolved in a sodium hydroxide solution (41.6 g of solid NaOH in 365 mL of water). The mixture was then treated with methyl iodide (37 mL, 583 mmol), and the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 16 h at room temperature. The solution was then acidified with glacial acetic acid (30 mL). The white precipitate was collected by suction filtration, and the solid was washed several times with cold water and dried to afford 74 g of EX-6A as a white crystalline solid in quantitative yield.
(EX-6B) A solution of EX-6A (74.0 g, 520.5 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (2275 mL) was cooled to 0 °C with an ice bath and treated with Br 2 The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, and to stir for 16 h. A yellow precipitate formed which was filtered and washed with ether three times.
97.2 g of EX-6B was isolated in 62% yield.
(EX-6C) A mixture of calcium hydride in THF was cooled to 0 OC and treated with neat EX-6B followed by neat t-butyl bromoacetate. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 0 °C for lh. The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir for 2h after the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux temperature for 16 h. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, the mixture was slowly poured into a 1 L ice water slurry. The quenched mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 500mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with water and brine.
After the organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 and filtered, the volatile components were removed in vacuo to afford 28.81 g of EX-6C as an off white solid as a mixture of N-alkylated and O-alkylated isomers N-alkylated isomer 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) d 8.07 1H), 4.75 2H), 2.57 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H); 3 C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI 3 d 165.1, 162.7, 158.4, 152.5, 108.3, 83.7, 46.8, 28.2 15.5; HRMS (El) calcd for C,
I
H
15 BrN20 3 S 335.0065, found 335.0077.
(EX-6D) In an argon-filled glove box a 12-ounce Fischer-Porter bottle containing a magnetic stir bar was charged with EX-6C (5.00 g, 15.0 mmol), Pd(OAc) 2 (168 mg, 0.75 mmol, 5 mole rac-BINAP (654 mg, 1.05 mmol, 7 mole Cs 2
CO
3 (6.84 g, 21.0 mmol), and anhydrous, degassed toluene (65.0 ml). To this mixture was added isopropyl amine (3.00 ml, 35.2 mmol). The bottle was capped with a pressure head fitted with a pressure gauge and removed from the glove box. The closed-system was heated in an oil bath at 118-1200 C with magnetic stirring for 16 h thereafter. A head-space pressure of -10 psi was developed during the reaction. The Fischer-Porter bottle containing the reaction mixture was removed from the oil bath, allowed to cool for 30 min, vented to an argon-flow system and sampled by syringe. LCMS analysis showed 35% product with 65% starting material remaining. Under a blanket of argon, the pressure head was removed and the reaction mixture was treated with Pd(OAc) 2 (337 mg, mmol, 10 mole rac-BINAP (1.00 g, 1.6 mmol, 11 mole Cs 2
CQ
3 (10.0 g, 30.7 mmol), and isopropyl amine (6.00 ml, 70.4 mmol). The bottle was capped with the pressure head and again heated to 118-1200 C with magnetic stirring for 16 h. The sampling procedure was repeated and LCMS revealed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT and filtered through a medium frit sintered-glass funnel. The solids were washed thoroughly with toluene and discarded. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (Merck 230-400 mesh SiO2, 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) ro afford 3.80 g (81 yield) of (EX-6D) as a tan solid: IH NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 d 7.05 1H), 4.74 2H), 3.44 (septet, J 6.3 Hz, 1 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.47 9H), 1.21 J 63 Hz, 6 1C NMR (75 MHz, CDCI 3 d 165.7 158.7 147.4 130.5 123.6 82.9 45.9 44.1 28.0 22.1 14.8 HRMS (ESI) calcd for C1 4
H
24
N
3
SO
3 314.1538, found 314.1539.
(EX-6E) In an argon-filled glove box a 3-ounce Fischer-Porter bottle containing a magnetic stir bar was charged with EX-6D (1.00 g, 3.20 mmol), 3nitrophenyl boronic acid (634 mg, 3.80 mmol), Cu(I)-2-thiophenecarboxylate (1.21 g, 637 mmol), and Pd(PPh3) 4 (100 mg, 0.86 mmol, 2.7 mol THF ml) was added and the bottle was capped with a pressure head fitted with a pressure gauge and removed from the glove box. The closed-system was heated in an oil bath at 700 C with magnetic stirring for 16 h thereafter. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, vented and diluted with ether (200 ml). The mixture was filtered through a medium frit sintered glass funnel. The green solid was washed with ether (100 ml) and discarded. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (Merck 230-400 mesh SiO 2 10 ethyl acetate in hexanes to 30 to afford 961 mg (78 yield) of EX-6E as a yellow foam: H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) d 8.39 1H), 8.31 J 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86 J 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 J 8.1 Hz, 1 7.15 (bs, 1H), 4.51 2 3.58 (septet, J 6.0 Hz, 1 1.46 9H), 1.27 J 6.3 Hz, 6 HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 9
H
25
N
4 0 5 [M+H] 389.1815, found 389.1825.
(EX-6F) A 250-mL round-bottom flask fitted with a magnetic stir bar was charged with EX-6E (755 mg, 1.9 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (30 mL).
This mixture was stirred at RT under an argon-flow atmosphere for 30 min and concentrated on a rotary evaporator. The residue was triturated with ether (50 mL) and coevaporated with heptane (2 x 50 mL) to afford 801 mg (95 yield) of EX- 6F as a clear yellow glass: IH NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6 d 8.34 8.26 2 7.89 J 7.8 Hz, 1 7.76 J 7.9 Hz, 1 7.20 1 4.51 2 3.57 (septet, J 6.6 Hz, 1 1.17 J 6.6 Hz, 6 HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 15
HI
7
N
4 0 5 [M+H] of free base 333.1223, found 333.1199.
Prepared from EX-6F according to the procedure described for the CBZprotected precursor to afford the product: H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI 3 d 9.34 (bs, 1 8.32 1 8.14 J 8.0 Hz, 1 7.81 J 7.8 Hz, 2 7.53 (d, J 7.8 Hz, 2 7.47 J 7.8 Hz, 1 7.39-7.25 5 7.08 1 H), 7.00 J 7.8 Hz, 2 5.12 2 4.61 J 7.8 Hz, 1 4.35 2 4.21 1 3.50 (d of septets, 8 lines J 6.3 Hz, 1 1.22 J 6.3 Hz, 6 3 C NMR (75 MHz, CDC3) d 168.5 167.4 164.0 158.6 148.2 143.8 142.6 136.6 136.2 135.0 133.4 133.2 129.9 128.7 128.3 127.8 127.5 124.4 124.1 163 121.8 67.4 49.9 44.1 43.2 22.4 HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 3
IH
3 2
N
7 0 6 [M 598.2463, found 598.2414.
Prepared from EX-6G according to the method described for SC-81703 to afford the product: 'H NMR (300 MHz, CD 3 OD) d 9.25 (bs, 1 8.97 1 H), 8.78 (bs, 1 7.93 7.14 (complex m, 9 4.77 2 4.51 3 3.66 1 130 J 6.3 Hz, 6 HRMS (ESI) calcd for C23H 28
N
7 2 [M H] 598 of free base 434.2304, found 434.2318.
Example 7
N
2TFA iN N
H
H NH2
NH
(EX-7A) Prepared from EX-6D using the same procedure described for EX-6E with the only exception that Cs 2
CO
3 base was used. As such, EX-6D (213 mg, 0.68 mmol), pyridine-3-boronic acid 13-propanediol cyclic ester (166 mg, 1.02 mmol) and Cs 2
CO
3 (771 mg, 237 mmol) afforded 143 mg of EX-7A (61 yield) after flash chromatography (Merck 230-400 mesh SiO 2 2 MeOH in CHC1 3 as a slightly yellow glass: H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI,) d 8.79 8.66 2 7.90 7.26 (complex m, 3 7.16 1 4.53 2 3.57 (septet, J 6.3 Hz, 1 1.44 9 1.27 J 6.3 Hz, 6 HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 1
H
25
N
4 0 3 [M+H 345.1927, found 345.1928.
(EX-7B) Prepared from EX-7A (143 mg, 0.41 mmol) using the same procedure described for EX-6F to afford 212 mg (100 yield) of EX-7B as a yellow foam:: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI 3 d 8.72 8.64 2 7.95 7.89 1 7.62 7.52 (complex m, 2 7.42 737 1 7.20 1 H), 164 4.52 2 3.57 (septet, J 6.3 Hz, 1 1. 18 I 6.3 Hz, 6 HIRMS (ESI) calcd for C 14 H 17
N
4 0 3 [M H-1] 289.130 1, found 289.1296.
(EX-7C) Prepared from EX-7B using the same procedure described for the CBZ-protected materail to afford EX-7C; HRMS (ESI) calcd for
C
30
H
32
N
7 0 4 [Mi-H] 554.2516, found 554.2523.
Prepared from EX- 7C using the same procedure described for Example 6 to afford the prodUCL~ Example 8
NH
2 N
I.
N 2 TFA N O'
N
H 0 0 HN H2 N H By following the method. of Example 6, the title compound was prepared: HRMS (ESI) calcd for C 24
H
27
N
7 0) 2 446.2304, found 446.2309.
Methylene analogs of pyrimidinones wherein a methylene is present as a replacement for the carbonyl of the acetamide at the N-3 position of the pyrimidinone can be prepared using Scheme 8 "A General Methylene Pyrimidinone Preparation" as detailed below along with the specific Example 9.
165 Scheme 8: General Methylene Pyrimidinone Synthesis
B-SO
2 CJ N I "'Y TEA B-HNN 1. B-CHO NaBH(OAc) 3 0 2R 4 b V2. HCI N ,r
BCH
2
-HNN
2
H
N. r 0 R 4 b
BSO
2
-HN"'
H
0 R 4 b 166 Example 9 N Ph hN HCI 0
N
H iNH 2
NH
EX-9A) To a solution of [[5-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenyl-6oxo-l,6-dihydro-l-pyrimidinyl]acetaldehyde in tetrahydrofuran and dichloromethane 0.3 M) is added a catalytic amount of acetic acid and 1 equivalent of the appropriate amine. The solution is cooled to 0°C in an ice bath, and 1 equivalent sodium triacetoxyborohydride is added in one portion. After stirring for 5 minutes, the ice bath is removed, and the reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction is quenched by the addition of 1 N NaOH, and the mixture is stirred for 5 minutes. Typical aqueous work up is followed by chromatographic purification to provide pure product EX-9A.
EX-9B) To a solution of [5-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenyl--oxo- 1,6-dihydro-l-pyrimidinyl]acetamide (EX-9A) in methanol (0.2 M) is added Pd/C in one portion. The resulting mixture is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (balloon) at room temperature for approximately 16 hours. The crude reaction mixture is filtered through a pad of Celite 545, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. Trituration of the residue from ethyl ether gives pure product EX-9B.
EX-9C) To a solution of [5-amino-2-phenyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-1pyrimidinyl]acetamide (EX-9B) in tetrahydrofuran and dichloromethane 03 M) is added a catalytic amount of acetic acid and 1 equivalent phenylacetaldehyde.
The solution is cooled to 0"C in an ice bath, and 1 equivalent sodium triacetoxyborohydride is added in one portion. After stirring for 5 minutes, the ice bath is removed, and the reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction is quenched by the addition of 1 N NaOH, and the mixture is stirred for 5 minutes. Typical aqueous work up is followed by chromatographic purification to provide pure product EX-9C.
A solution of [5-(2-phenylethyl)amino-2-phenyl-6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-1pyrimidinyl]acetamide in 4M HCI dioxane (0.2 M) is stirred for several hours.
167 After the reaction is complete, the volatiles are removed under reduced pressure.
The residue is purified by trituration with ethyl ether to afford pure product Sulfonyl analogs of pyrimidinones wherein a sulfonyl is present as a replacement for the carbonyl of the acetamide at the N-3 position of the pyrimidinone can be prepared using procedures generally based on those disclosed in Schemes 1-5 by substituting an appropriate aminomethanesulfonamide of an N-Boc-amidino-protected amine in place of the 1,1-dimethoxyethylamine. For example, the N-( 4 -amidinobenzyl)2-aminomethanesulfonamide can be used.
Using this approach, sulfonyl analogs in Examples 10 and 11 can be prepared.
0 Example .Ph
HCI
NH
2 Example 11
NH
2 O OS
HN
0
NH
2 Triazinone analogs of pyrimidinones wherein a nitrogen is present as a replacement for the carbon at the 4-position of the pyrimidinone can be prepared using Scheme 9 "A General 4-Aza Pyrimidinone Preparation" as detailed below along with the specific Example 12.
168 Scheme 9: General 4-AzaPyrimidinone Synthesis 169 Example 12 H U 'H NH2 SN.
A
N Ph
CH
3 PhSO 3
H
EX-12) A solution of glycine t-butyl ester hydrochloride (1 mmol) in dichloromethane is treated with benzoyl chloride (1 mmol) and triethyl amine (2 mmol). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture is washed with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers are dried over MgSO,. After removing the volatiles in vacuo pure product EX-12A is isolated.
EX-12B) A mixture of N-benzoylglycine t-butyl ester (1 mmol; EX- 12A), Lawesson's reagent (0.5 mmol) and toluene are heated to 80 °C for 16h.
The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification via column chromatography on silica gel gives pure product EX-12B.
EX-12C) A mixture of N-thiobenzoylglycine t-butyl ester (1 mmol; EX12B) in dichloromethane is treated with trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (1.1 mmol) at 78 After stirring the reaction mixture for 2 h, the mixture is washed with NaHCO 3 (aq) and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers are dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. After concentration of the volatile organic components, the desired product EX-12C is isolated.
EX-12D) A solution of N-thiomethylbenzylglycine t-butyl ester (1 mmol; EX-12C) in methanol is treated with hydrazine (1 mmol). The volatile materials are removed in vacuo, and the desired compound EX-12D is isolated without further purification.
EX-12E) A mixture of compound EX-12D (1 mmol) and ethyl thiooxamate (1 mmol) in methanol is heated to reflux temperature for 4 h. A precipitation of colorless crystals occurs, and the crystals of the desired product EX-12E are isolated by suction filtration.
A solution of compound EX-12E (1 mmol) and pyridine (5 mmol) in acetonitrile is treated with a solution of a-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3 mmol) in 170 acetonitrile. The reaction mixture is stirred at -10 °C to 0 °C for 3 h. A white precipitate forms after the reaction is complete. The crystals of the desired product EX-12F are isolated by suction filtration.
EX-12G) Trifluoroacetic acid is added to a mixture of compound
EX-
12F (1 mmol) in anisole at 0 The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at 0 oC for lh. The reaction mixture is extracted with an organic solvent. Removal of the organic solvent under reduced pressure gives pure product EX-12G.
EX-12H) Compound EX-12G (1 mmol), EDC(1.3 mmol), and HOBt (1.3 mmol) are mixed in DMF, and the mixture is stirred at 20 OC for 15 minutes.
To this mixture is added a solution of benzyl-([(4aminomethylphenyl)iminomethyl] amino]carbamate hydrogen chloride salt (1.3 mmol) and DIEA (1.3 mmol) in DMF. Typical aqueous work-up is followed by chromatographic purification to provide the desired product EX- 12H.
Compound EX-12H (1 mmol), p-toluene sulfonic acid mono hydrate (1 mmol) and 10% Pd on activated carbon (0.1 mmol) are mixed with methanol. The mixture is stirred for 2 h under hydrogen atmosphere which is introduced and maintained through a rubber balloon. After filtering off the catalyst and removing the methanol, the desired product is isolated.
Formula compounds of this invention possessing hydroxyl, thiol, and amine functional groups can be converted to a wide variety derivatives.
Alternatively, derivatized Formula compounds can be obtained by first derivatizing one or more intermediates in the processes of preparation before further transforming the derivatized intermediate to comounds of Formula
A
hydroxyl group in the form of an alcohol or phenol can be readily converted to esters of carboxylic, sulfonic, carbamic, phosphonic, and phosphoric acids.
Acylation to form a carboxylic acid ester is readily effected using a suitable acylating reagent such as an aliphatic acid anhydride or acid chloride. The corresponding aryl and heteroaryl acid anhydrides and acid chlorides can also be used. Such reactions are generally carried out using an amine catalyst such as pyridine in an inert solvent. Similarly, carbamic acid esters (urethanes) can be obtained by reacting a hydroxyl group with isocyanates and carbamoyl chlorides.
Sulfonate, phosphonate, and phosphate esters can be prepared using the corresponding acid chloride and similar reagents. Compounds of Formula that have at least one thiol group present can be converted to the corresponding thioesters derivatives analogous to those of alcohols and phenols using the same reagents and comparable reaction conditions. Compounds of Formula that have at least one primary or secondary amine group present can be converted to the corresponding amide derivatives. Amides of carboxylic acids can be prepared using the appropriate acid chloride or anhydrides with reaction conditions analogous to those used with alcohols and phenols. Ureas of the corresponding primary or secondary amine can be prepared using isocyanates directly and carbamoyl chlorides in the presence of an acid scavenger such as triethylamine or pyridine. Sulfonamides can be prepared from the corresponding sulfonyl chloride in the presence of aqueous sodium hydroxide or a tertiary amine. Suitable procedures and methods for preparing these derivatives can be found in House's Moder Synthetic Reactions, W. A. Benjamin, Inc., Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley Sons, and Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley Sons. Reagents of a wide variety that can be used to derivatize hydroxyl, thiol, and amines of compounds of Formula are available from commercial sources or the references cited above, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Formula compounds of this invention possessing hydroxyl, thiol, and amine functional groups can be alkylated to a wide variety of derivatives.
Alternatively, alkylated Formula compounds can be obtained by first alkylating one or more intermediates in the processes of preparation before further transforming the alkylated intermediate to comounds of Formula A hydroxyl group of compounds of Formula can be readily converted to ethers. Alkylation to form an ether is readily effected using a suitable alkylating reagent such as an alkyl bromide, alkyl iodide or alkyl sulfonate. The corresponding aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aralkyloxyalkyl, and heteroaralkyloxyalkyl bromides, iodides, and sulfonates can also be used. Such reactions are generally carried out using an alkoxide forming reagent such as sodium hydride, potassium t-butoxide, sodium amide, lithium amide, and n-butyl lithium using an inert polar solvent such as DMF, DMSO, THF, and similar, comparable solvents, amine catalyst such as pyridine in an inert solvent. Compounds of Formula that have at least one thiol group present can be converted to the corresponding thioether derivatives analogous to those of alcohols and phenols using the same reagents and comparable reaction conditions. Compounds of Formula that have at least one primary, secondary or tertiary amine group present can be converted to the corresponding secondary, tertiary or quaternary ammonium derivative. Quaternary 172 ammonium derivatives can be prepared using the appropriate bromides, iodides, and sulfonates analogous to those used with alcohols and phenols. Conditions involve reaction of the amine by warming it with the alkylating reagent with a stoichiometric amount of the amine one equivalent with a tertiary amine, two with a secondary, and three with a primary). With primary and secondary amines, two and one equivalents, respectively, of an acid scavenger are used concurrently.
Secondary or tertiary amines can be prepared from the corresponding primary or secondary amine. A primary amine can be dialkylated by reductive amination using an aldehyde, such as formaldehyde, and sodium cyanoborohydride in the presence of glacial acetic acid. A primary amine can be monoalkylated by first monoprotecting the amine with a ready cleaved protecting group, such as trifluoroacetyl.
An alkylating agent, such as dimethylsulfate, in the presence of a non-nucleophilic base, such as Barton's base 2 -tert-butyl-l,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine), gives the monomethylated protected amine. Removal of the protecting group using aqueous potassium hydroxide gives the desired monoalkylated amine. Additional suitable procedures and methods for preparing these derivatives can be found in House's Modern Synthetic Reactions, W. A. Benjamin, Inc., Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley Sons, and Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis published by John Wiley Sons. Perfluoroalkyl derivatives can be prepared as described by DesMarteau in J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 2241 (1998). Reagents of a wide variety that can be used to derivatize hydroxyl, thiol, and amines of compounds of Formula are available from commercial sources or the references cited above, which are incorporated herein by reference.
The results of the aforementioned synthetic approaches to the preparation pyrimidinones by derivatization of a nucleophilic substituent such as may be present in B, R R 2 and YO are shown in Table 1 for the specific Examples 13 through 19. The specific examples recited below should be considered a being merely illustrative of the wide variety possible and not as limiting to one of ordinary skill in the art.
173 Table 1. Structures of Pyrimidinones Prepared by General Deriva tization Procedures E x. R 2B-A- Y0MW 13 phenyl methoxyacetyl 4-amidinobenzyl 449.47 14 phenyl 4-~methybenzoyl 4-amn-idinobenzyl 495.54 phenyl 4-nitrobenzoyl 4-amidinobenzyl 526.52 16 phenyl isobutyryl 4-amidinobenzyl 447.50 17 phenyl 2 4 ,6-trimethylbenzoyl 4-amidinobenzyl 523.60 18 phenyl beazoyl 4-axnidinobenzyl 481.52 19 phenyl acetyl zbamnidobenzyl 419.451 Assays for Biological Activity TF-VI1a Assay In this assay 100 nM recombinant soluble tissue factor and 2nM recombinant human factor V11a are added to a 96-well assay plate containin'g 0.4 mM of the substrate, N-Methylsulfonyl-D-phegcly.argp.nitroaniline and either inhibitor or buffer (5 miM CaCl,,50 m.M Tris-HCI, pl-F 8 100 m1M NaCI, 0. 1% BSA). The reaction, in a final volume of 100 ul is measured immediately at 405 nm to determine background absorbance. The plate is incubated at room temperature for 60 min, at which time the rate of hydrolysis of the substrate is measured by monitoring the reaction at 405 nin for the release of p-nitroaniline.
Percent inhibition of TF-VIla activity is calculated from value from the experimental and control sample.
Xa Assay 0.3 nM human factor Xa and 0. 15 mM N-a-Benzyloxycarbonyl-D-arg-Inyl- L-glycyl-L-argaini ne-p-nitroaniline-dihydrochloride (S-2765) are added to a 96-well 174 assay plate containing either inhibitor or buffer (50 mM Tris-HCI, pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCI, 0.1% BSA). The reaction, in a final volume of 100 ul is measured immediately at 405 nm to determine background absorbance. The plate is incubated at room temperature for 60 min, at which time the rate of hydrolysis of the substrate is measured by monitoring the reaction at 405 nm for the release of pnitroaniline. Percent inhibition of Xa activity is calculated from OD45,m value from the experimental and control sample.
Thrombin Assay 0.28 nM human thrombin and 0.06 mM H-D-Phenylalanyl-L-pipecolyl-Larginine-p-nitroaniline dihydrochloride are added to a 96-well assay plate containing either inhibitor or buffer (50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCI, 0.1% BSA). The reaction, in a final volume of 100 ul is measured immediately at 405 nm to determine background absorbance. The plate is incubated at room temperature for 60 min, at which time the rate of hydrolysis of the substrate is measured by monitoring the reaction at 405 nm for the release of p-nitroaniline.
Percent inhibition of thrombin activity is calculated from OD4sn value from the experimental and control sample.
Trypsin Assay ug/ml trypsin, type IX from porcine pancreas and 0.375 mM N-a- Benzoyl-L-arginine-p-nitroanilide (L-BAPNA) are added to a 96-well assay plate containing either inhibitor or buffer (50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCI, 0.1% BSA). The reactions, in a final volume of 100 ul are measured immediately at 405 nm to determine background absorbance. The plate is incubated at room temperature for 60 min, at which time the rate of hydrolysis of the substrate is measured by monitoring the reaction at 405 nm for the release of p-nitroaniline.
Percent inhibition of trypsin activity is calculated from ODo,. value from the experimental and control sample.
Recombinant soluble TF, consisting of amino acids 1-219 of the mature protein sequence was expressed in E. coli and purified using a Mono Q Sepharose FPLC. Recombinant human VIIa was purchased from American Diagnostica, Greenwich CT and chromogenic substrate N-Methylsulfonyl-Dphe-gly-arg-p-nitroaniline was prepared by American Peptide Company, Inc., Sunnyvale, CA. Factor Xa was obtained from Enzyme Research Laboratories, SSouth Bend IN, thrombin from Calbiochem, La Jolla, CA, and trypsin and L- 175 BAPNA from Sigma, St. Louis MO. The chromogenic substrates S-2765 and S-2238 were purchased from Chromogenix, Sweden.
The biological activity of the compounds of Examples 1 through 19 as determined by the bioassay procedures is summarized in the Table 2.
Table 2. Inhibitory Activity of Pyrimidinones toward Factor Xa, TF-VIIA, Thrombin II, and Trypsin II.
Example TF-VIIA Thrombin II Factor Xa Trpysin II Number IC50 (uM) IC50 (uM) IC50 (uM) IC50 (uM) 1 15.4 22.4 2 >30 >30 3 1.0 1.0 0.6 4 6 0.05 43% 30 uM 33% 30 uM <0.04 7 0.7 11.3 33% 30 uM 0.04 8 0.08 4 2% 30 uM 15% 30 uM 0.04 9 11 12 13 14- 16 17 18 19 With reference to the use of the word(s) "comprise" or "comprises" or "comprising" in the foregoing description and/or in the following claims, unless the context requires otherwise, those words are used on the basis and clear understanding that they are to be interpreted inclusively, rather than exclusively, and that each of those words is to be so interpreted in construing the foregoing description and/or the following claims.
176

Claims (40)

1. A compound having the Formula: 2 N R A NE /\0y B K Y 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: R 3 4 3 3 R R S 32 1 3 33 6 R9, Ro, R12, R3, R32, R33, R34, R 35 and R 3 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkylaminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, and cyano; 9 10 1131 R9, R1o, R 2, and R 13 are optionally selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and heterocyclyl with the proviso that R 9 R'o, R", R' 2 and R' 3 are substitutents for other than B; 16 19 32 33 34 35 36 R6, R R32, R, R, R R R and R36 are independently optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 16 and R' 9 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; 177 B is optionally selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B may be optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 32 R 33 R 3 4 R 35 and R 36 B is selected from the group consisting of C3-C12 cycloalkyl and C4- heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon may be optionally substituted with R 33 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A may be optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbons and nitrogens adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment may be optionally substituted with R 9 or R' 3 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R' 0 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 13 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R' 2 a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R' 1 position may be substituted with R 11 a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 1 2 position may be substituted with R 33 and a ring carbon four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the and R 33 positions may be substituted with R 34 A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, (W 7 )rr(CH(R 5 ))pa and (CH(R 5 ))pa-(W 7 )r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 6, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (R 7 (R and N(R 7 with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of rr and pa is 0 at the same time; R 7 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, and alkyl; R 1 5 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; T is selected from the group consisting of NH and NOH; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; 178 R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, cyano, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkylthio, amino, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, amidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyamino, thiol, and alkylthio; R2 is Zo-Q; Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (CR 4 1 R 42 wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 3, (CH(R 41 (CH(R 4 2 wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 through 3 and WO is selected from the group consisting of O, S, S(0), N(R 41 and ON(R 41 and (CH(R 4 1 ))e-W 2 2 -(CH(R 4 2 wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 1 and W 22 is selected from the group consisting of CR 41 =CR 42 1,2-cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2- cyclohexyl, 1,3-cyclohexyl, 1,2-cyclopentyl, 1,3-cyclopentyl, 2,3- morpholinyl, 2,4-morpholinyl, 2,6-morpholinyl, 3,4-morpholinyl, morpholinyl, 1,2-piperazinyl, 1,3-piperazinyl, 2,3-piperazinyl, 2,6- piperazinyl, 1,2-piperidinyl, 1,3-piperidinyl, 2,3-piperidinyl, 2,4-piperidinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3,4-piperidinyl, 1,2-pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3- pyrrolidinyl, 2,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2,5-pyrrolidinyl, 3,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3- tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,5-tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3,4- tetrahydrofuranyl, with the proviso that Zo is directly bonded to the pyrazinone ring; R41 and R42 are independently selected from the group consisting of amidino, hydroxyamino, hydrido, hydroxy, amino, and alkyl; Q is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, with the proviso that Zo is other than a covalent single bond, and the formula (II): R11 D 1 D2 13 Rejee (II) wherein D 2 J1 2 and K' are independently selected from the group 179 consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, no more than one of D 2 J 1 J 2 and K' is O, no more than one of D 2 J1, J 2 and K 1 is S, one of D, D 2 J1, J 2 and K' must be a covalent bond when two ofD', D 2 J1, J 2 and K' are O and S, and no more than four ofD', D 2 J1, J 2 and K' are N, with the proviso that R 9 R 1 0 R12, and R 1 3 are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; K is (CR 4 aR 4 b)n wherein n is an integer selected from 1 through 2; R 4a and R 4b are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, and haloalkyl; EO is E l when K is (CR 4 aR 4 b)n, wherein E 1 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, C(0)N(R 7 (R 7 )NC(O), S(0)2, (R 7 )NS(0) 2 and S(0) 2 N(R 7 YO is formula (IV): QS R 1 7 K R 1 8 Ilb Q (IV) wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K 2 is C, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is 0, no more than one of D, D 6 J5, and J6 is S, one of D 5 D 6 5, and J 6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are N; R 1 6 R 17 R 18 and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, nitro, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylamino, haloalkoxyalkyl, 180 carboalkoxy, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR 2 0 R 21 aminoalkylenyl, Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, N(R 26 )C(NR 25 )N(R23)(R24), and C(NR25)NR23R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 2 1 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time; R 20 RR R R R R R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, aminoalkylenyl, amino, dialkylamino, alkylamino, and hydroxyalkyl; Q" is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, (CR 37 R 38 )b wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 4, and (CH(R 1 4 W'-(CH(R 5 wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 3 and W' is selected from the group consisting of C(O)N(RI 4 (R 1 4 S(O) 2 S(O) 2 N(R 1 4 N(R' 4 )S(0) 2 and N(R1 4 with the provisos that R 14 is selected from other than halo when directly bonded to N and that (CR 7 R 3 8 and (CH(R 1 4 c are bonded to E°; R 1 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; R 37 and R 38 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl; R 38 is optionally selected from the group consisting of aroyl and heteroaroyl; YO is optionally QbQS wherein QSS is (CH(R' 4 ))e-W 2 wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 1 through 2 and W 2 is CR 4 a=CR 4 b with the proviso that (CH(R 1 4 is bonded to E°; YO is optionally selected from the group consisting of Qb_QS and Qb_ QSSSSr wherein QSSSS is (CH(R 38 ))r-W5 and QSSSSr is (CH(R 38 r is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and W 5 and W 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1,4-indenyl, 1,5-indenyl, 1,6-indenyl, 1,7- indenyl, 2,7-indenyl, 2,6-indenyl, 2,5-indenyl, 2,4-indenyl, 3,4-indenyl, indenyl, 3,6-indenyl, 3,7-indenyl, 2,4-benzofuranyl, 2,5-benzofuranyl, 2,6- benzofuranyl, 2,7-benzofuranyl, 3,4-benzofuranyl, 3,5-benzofuranyl, 3,6- 181 beuzofuranyl, 3 ,7-benzofuranyl, 2,4-benzothiophenyl, 2,6-benzothiophenyl, 2,7-benzothiophenyl, 3 ,4-benzothiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, 3 ,6-benzothiophenyl, 3 ,7-benzothiophenyl, 2,7- imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3,4-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,5-imidazo( 1,2- a)pyridinyl, 3 ,6-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 3 ,7-imidazo( 1,2-a)pyridinyl, 2,4- indolyl, 2,5-indolyl, 2,6-indolyl, 2,7-indolyl, 3 ,4-indolyl, 3,5 -indolyl, 3,6- indolyl, 3 ,7-indolyl, 1 ,4-isoindolyl, 1 ,5-isoindolyl, 1 ,6-isoindolyl, 2,4- isoindolyl, 2,5-isoindolyl, 2,6-isoindolyl, 2,7-isoindolyl, 1 ,3-isoindolyl, 3,4- indazolyl, 3,5-indazolyl, 3 ,6-indazolyl, 3 ,7-indazolyl, 2,4-benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, 2,6-benzoxazolyl, 2,7-benzoxazolyl, 3,4-benzisoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, 3 ,6-benzisoxazolyl, 3 ,7-benzisoxazolyl, 1 ,4-naphthyl, naphthyl, 1 ,6-naphthyl, 1 ,7-naphthyl, 1 ,8-naphthyl, 2,4-naphthyl, naphthyl, 2,6-naphthyl, 2,7-naphthyl, 2,8-naplithyl, 2,4-quinolinyl, quinolinyl, 2,6-quinolinyl, 2,7-quinolinyl, 2,8-quinolinyl, 3 ,4-quinolinyl, quinolinyl, 3,6-quinolinyl, 3,7-quinolinyl, 3,8-quinolinyl, 4,5-quinolinyl, 4,6- quinolinyl, 4,7-quinolinyl, 4,8-quinolinyl, 1 ,4-isoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 1 ,6-isoquinolinyl, 1 ,7-isoquinolinyl, 1 ,8-isoquinolinyl, 3,4- isoquinolinyl, 3 ,5-isoquinolinyl, 3,6-isoquinolinyl, 3 ,7-isoquinolinyl, 3,8- isoquinolinyl, 4,5-isoquinolinyl, 4,6-isoquinolinyl, 4,7-isoquinolinyl, 4,8- isoquinolinyl, 3 ,4-cinnolinyl, 3 ,5-cinnolinyl, 3 ,6-cinnolinyl, 3 ,7-cinnolinyl, 3,8-cinnolinyl, 4,5-cinnolinyl, 4,6-cinnolinyl, 4,7-cinnolinyl, and 4,8- cinnolinyl, and each carbon and hyrido containing nitrogen member of the ring of the W 5 and of the ring of the W 6 other than the points of attachment of W 5 and W 6 is optionally substituted with one or more of the group consisting of R 9 R' 0 R" 'andR R, with the provisos that Qb is bonded to lowest number substituent position of each W 5 Qb' is bonded to highest number substituent position of each W 6, and (CH(R 38 is bonded to E 0
2. The compound as recited in Claim 1 having the Formula: 182 O or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: R 3 4 R 3 3 R 3 32 36 R R R 3 2 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, haloalkanoyl, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylamino, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 32 R 33 R 34 R 3 5 and R 36 B is selected from the group consisting ofC3-C12 cycloalkyl and C4- heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon may be optionally substituted with R 33 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A may be optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbons and nitrogens 183 adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment may be optionally substituted with R 9 or R 13 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 1 0 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R' 3 position and two atoms from the point of attachment may be substituted with R 12 a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 1 0 position may be substituted with a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 1 2 position may be substituted with R 33 and a ring carbon four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R" and R 33 positions may be substituted with R 3 4 R 9 R o, R R 2 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, alkoxyamino, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfamido, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxamido, and cyano; R 9 R10, R 1 R12, and R 13 are optionally selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and heterocyclyl with the proviso that R 9 R' 1 R 11 R 1 2 and R 13 are substitutents for other than B; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R' 5 ))pa-(W 7 )r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (R 7 and N(R 7 R 7 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 1 5 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, amidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyamino, thiol, and alkylthio; R 2 is Z°-Q; 184 Z° is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (CR 41 R 42 )q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, (CH(R 41 0 (CH(R 42 wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 through 3 and Wo is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N(R 41 and (CH(R 4 1 ))e-W 22 -(CH(R 42 wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 1 and W 22 is selected from the group consisting of CR41=CR 42 1,2-cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2-cyclohexyl, 1,3-cyclohexyl, 1,2-cyclopentyl, 1,3-cyclopentyl, 2,3-morpholinyl, 2,4-morpholinyl, 2,6- morpholinyl, 3,4-morpholinyl, 3,5-morpholinyl, 1,2-piperazinyl, 1,3- piperazinyl, 2,3-piperazinyl, 2,6-piperazinyl, 1,2-piperidinyl, 1,3-piperidinyl, 2,3-piperidinyl, 2,4-piperidinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3,4-piperidinyl, 1,2- pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,4-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 3,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, with the proviso that Zo is directly bonded to the pyrazinone ring; R 41 and R 42 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, and amino; Q is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, with the proviso that Zo is other than a covalent single bond, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 0 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R' 1 and R 12 is optionally substituted by K is CHR 4 a wherein R 4 a is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, and haloalkyl; E° is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, (R 7 )NS(0) 2 and S(0) 2 N(R 7 YO is formula (IV): 185 R- R Qb (IV) wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one can be a covalent bond, K 2 is C, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J6 can be O, no more than one ofD 5 D 6 J5, and J6 can be S, one ofD 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D 6 j5, and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 can be N, with the provisos that R16, R1, R 1 and R 19 are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen; R 6 R 1 7 R 18 and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R 1 6 and R' 9 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 1 6 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNR0R21, Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, N(R 26 )C(NR 25 )N(R 23 )(R 24 and C(NR 25 )NR 23 R 2 4 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 21 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time; R 20 R 21 R 23 R 24 R 2 5 and R 26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, (CR37R38)b wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 4, and (CH(RI 4 wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 186 through 3 and W' is selected from the group consisting of C(O)N(R1 4 (R 4 S(O) 2 S(0) 2 N(R 14 N(R 4 )S(0) 2 and N(R' 4 with the provisos that R 14 is selected from other than halo when directly bonded to N and that (CR 37 R 38 and (CH(R' 4 are bonded to E°; R 14 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; R 37 and R 38 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl; R is optionally selected from the group consisting of aroyl and heteroaroyl; YO is optionally QbQSS wherein QSS is (CH(RI 4 ))e-W 2 -(CH(R 15 wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 1 through 2 and W 2 is CR 4 a=CH with the proviso that (CH(R1 4 is bonded to E°.
3. The compound as recited in Claim 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2- C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting ofR 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 36 R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb A is (CH(R' 5 7 wherein pa is an integer selected from 1 through 3 and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N(R 7 wherein R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido and alkyl; R 15 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl with the proviso that R 15 is other than hydroxy and halo when R 15 is on the carbon bonded directly to W7; 187 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R 1 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, amino, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, amidino, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyamino, thiol, and alkylthio; R 2 is Z°-Q; Z 0 is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (CR 4 1 R 42 )q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2; R 41 and R 42 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, and amino; Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 3 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 10 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R 1 and R 12 is optionally substituted by R' 1 R 9 R10, R 1 2, and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, alkoxyamino, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfamido, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxamido, and cyano; K is CHR 4 a wherein R 4 a is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, and haloalkyl; E O is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, (R 7 )NS(0) 2 and S(0) 2 N(R 7 YO is formula (IV): 188 R R18 R 16 Dk 2 /D R 1 9 Qb (IV) wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K 2 is C, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is O, no more than one of D, D 6 J 5 and J6 is S, one of D 5 D 6 5, and J6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are N; R, R, R and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylamino, and cyano; R 1 6 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 1 6 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNR 2 R 2 1 Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, N(R 2 6 )C(NR 2 )N(R 3 )(R 24 and C(NR )NR23R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 21 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time; R 2 0 R 21 R 23 R 24 R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, (CR 37 R 38 )b wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 3, and (CH(R1 4 wherein c and d are integers independently selected from 1 through 2 and W' is selected from the group consisting of C(0)N(R' 4 (R 4)NC(O), S(0) 2 S(0) 2 N(R14), N(R14)S(0)2, and N(R1 4 with the provisos that R 1 4 is selected from other than halo when directly bonded to N 189 and that (CR 37 R 38 and (CH(R' 4 c are bonded to E°; R 1 4 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; R 3 7 and R 3 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl; R 38 is optionally selected from the group consisting of aroyl and heteroaroyl; YO is optionally QbQSS wherein QSS is (CH(RI 4 ))e-W 2 -(CH(Ri 5 wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 1 through 2 and W 2 is CR 4 a=CH with the proviso that (CH(RI 4 e is bonded to E°.
4. The compound as recited in Claim 3 having the Formula: M R 2 SYo B N N H H 0 O or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2- C4 alkyl, C3-C5 alkylenyl, C3-C4 alkenyl, C3-C4 alkynyl, and C2-C4 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 3 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 3 2 R 33 and R 34 R 32 R 33 and R 34 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; A is (CH(R' 5 ))pa-N(R 7 wherein pa is an integer selected from 1 through 2 and R 7 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido and alkyl; R' 5 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; 190 R' is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R 2 is Z°-Q; Zo is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 10 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 12 and any carbon adjacent to both R 10 and R 12 is optionally substituted by R 1 R 9 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R 1 0 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; Y 0 is formula (IV): S r R DD 19 R 1 6 (DV R 1 9 Q b (IV) 191 wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K 2 is C, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is O, no more than one ofD D 6 J5, and J 6 is S, one of D, D 6 J 5 and J 6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are N; R 1 6 R 17 R 8 and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R 1 6 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 1 6 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNR 2 0 R 21 Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, C(NR 2 5 )NR 23 R 24 and N(R 26 )C(NR 2 5 )N(R 2 3 )(R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 21 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy at the same time; R 20 R 2 1 R 23 R 24 R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 The compound as recited in Claim 4 having the Formula or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of ethyl, 2-propenyl, 2- propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, trimethylene, tetramethylene, butyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butynyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, 2-methylpropenyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 2,2-difluoropropyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 3 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 32 R 33 and R 34 R 32 R and R 34 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, 192 propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1- hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH, and N(CH 3 M is selected from the group consisting of N and Ri-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, and bromo; R2 is ZoQ; ZO is selected from the group consisting ofa covalent single bond and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3- pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 3 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 0 a carbon adjacent to R' 3 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R'O and R' 2 is optionally substituted by R 11 R 9 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting 193 of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3 pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methanesulfonamnido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro- 1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; R1 and R 12are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamnino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, 1 -amninoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamnido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, fluoro, chioro, bromo, and cyano; YO is selected from the group consisting of: 1 Q--s2R1 1 7 -5-R 1 8 8 9 benzene, 2-Qb-5-Qs-6-R 17-4-R -2-R' 9 pyridine, 3Q--s2R6_-18-R9prdn,2-Qb-4-Q -3-Rl -6-RI pyrazine, 3_Qb.6-.Qs-.2-R' -5-Rl -4-R 1 9 pyridazine, 2_b5Qs6R-4-R pyrimidine, 5-Qb-2-Qs-3-R 16-6-R 9pyrimidine, 3_.Q-5-Qs-4R 16-2-R 9thiophene, 2_b5Qs3R1 -4-R 1 7 thiophene, 3_Q-5-Qs-4R 16-2-R 9furan, 2_Q-Q 16--lfr 3_Qb..5-Qs.4-R 16-2-R 9pyrrole, 2-Qb-5-Qs-3-R 16-4-R 1pyrrole, 4-Qb-2-Qs-5 -R imidazole, 2_b4Q- 7 imidazole, 6 pyrazole, 4_b2Q 5R 9 thiazole, and 1 7 thiazole; 16 17 1 R R R 18 and R' 9 are independently selected from the group 194 consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, carboxy, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1- hydroxyethyl, and cyano; R' 6 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R' 6 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNR 20 R 21 Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, C(NR 2 5 )NR 2 3 R 24 and N(R 2 6 )C(NR 2 5 )N(R 2 3 )(R 2 4 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 R 2 1 R 23 and R 2 4 can be hydroxy, when any two of the group consisting of R 20 R 2 1 R 23 and R 2 4 are bonded to the same atom and that said Qb group is bonded directly to a carbon atom; 21 23 24 25 26 R R2 R23, R R25, and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
6. The compound as recited in Claim 4 having the Formula: R2 AM 7 KR H NN H H O or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; A is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 N(CH 3 CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 and CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; 195 R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, and bromo; R2 is ZOQ; ZO is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3- pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 3 a carbon adjacent to R9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 0 a carbon adjacent to R' and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R"o and R'2 iS optionally substituted by R' 1 R 9 R" 1 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3- pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; R1o and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, 196 isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, fluoro, chioro, bromo, and cyano; YO is selected from the group consisting of: -Qb-4-Qs-2.R -3-R -5-R -6-R benzene, 2-Qb -5.Qs6R 1 7 4-R 1 8 2-R pyridine, 3_Qb-6-Q s.2-R 16-5-R -4-R 9pyridine, 2_b--s3R 6 1 8 pyrazine, 3_Qb-6-.Qs-2-R' 8_5-R' -4-R 19pyridazine, 2_b5Qs6R1 -4-R 1pyrimidine, 5-Qb-2-Qs-3-R' -6-R 9pyrimidine, 3_Q 1 6 -2-R 1 9 thiophene, 2 _Qb. 5 -Qs. 3 -R 1 6 -4-R 1 7 thiophene, 3_Qb- 5 .Qs- 4 -R 1 6 9 fiiran, 2_b--s3R 6 -4-R 1 7 fUran, 3_.Qb 5-.Qs..4.R 16-2-R 9pyrrole, 2_b--s3R1 -4-R 1pyrrole, 4_Qb-2Qs-5R 9 imidazole, 2_b4Q-- 7iiaoe 3..Q -5 .Qs-4..Risoxazole, 5Q 3Q-R1 6 isoxazole, 2-Qb 5.Qs..4.R 1pyrazole, 4_Qb -2-Qs-5-RI 9 thiazole, and 2-Qb -5Qs-4R 17thiazole; 16 17 189 R R and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, amninomethyl, 1- aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 ,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro- 1- hydroxyethyl, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR2 2 197 C(NR 25 )NR 2 3 R 2 4 and N(R 26 )C(NR 2 5 )N(R 2 3 )(R 2 4 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 R21, R 2 3 and R 24 can be hydroxy, when any two of the 21 2312 group consisting of R 20 R21, R and R24 are bonded to the same atom and that said Qb group is bonded directly to a carbon atom; R20, R 21, R23 R24, R25, and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
7. The compound as recited in Claim 6 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; A is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 N(CH 3 CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 and CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chloro; R2 is ZoQ; ZO is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of 5-amino-3- amidocarbonylphenyl, 5-amino-2-fluorophenyl, hydroxymethylphenyl, 5-amino-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-amidinophenyl, 3-amino-2-methylphenyl, 5-amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3-carboxy-5-hydroxyphenyl, aminophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 3- dimethylaminophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl, 3-methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyaminophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2- methylaminophenyl, 3-methylaminophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3- methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, phenyl, 3-trifluoroacetamidophenyl, 3- 198 trifluoromethyiphenyl, 2-trifluoromethyiphenyl, 5-amino-2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 3-bromo-2-thienyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, and 3-thienyl; Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of: 1 -b 4.Qs..2.R 16-3-R 17-5-R1 8 -6-R 19 benzene, 2-Q 5..Qs..6.R -4-R 8_2-R' 9 pyridine, 3-Qb-6-Qs-2-R 16-5-R 18-4-R pyridine, 3_Qb-5Qs-4-R' 6 -2-R 1 9 thiophene, and 1 6 thiophene; R 16and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amino, aminomethyl, methoxy, methylamino, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, fluoro, chioro, and cyano; R 16and R9 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 1 6 and R9 IS Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; R 1 7 and R 18are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, chioro, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, amino, carboxy, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido and c(N1R 25 )NR 23 R 24 2324 R and R 2 5 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and methyl; Qs isCH2
8. A compound as recited in Claim 7 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof where said compound is selected from the group consisting of: 2-[3-[2-[3-aminophenyl]-6-chloro-N-[ [4-iminomethylphenyl]methyl] -4-oxo- 1(4H)-pyrimidinyl]] acetamide; 2-[3-[2-[3-aminophenyl]-6-chloro-5 -[N-ethyl-N-methylhydrazino]-N- [[4-iminomethylphenyl] methyl] -4-oxo- 1(4H)-pyrimidinyl] ]acetamide; 2-[3-[2-[3-aminophenyl]-6-chloro-5 -[N,N-diethylhydrazino] [4- iminomethylphenyl]methyl] -4-oxo- 1(4H)-pyrimidinyl]] acetamide; -aminophenyl]-5 -[N-(azetidin- 1-yl)amino] -6-chloro-N-[[4- iminomethylphenyl]methyl]-4-oxo- 1 (4H)-pyrimidinyl]]acetamide; -[3-aminophenyl] -N-[[4-iminomethylphenyl]methyl] 6-[N,N- 199 1 1 ,2,4-triazinyl]]acetamide; 2-[4-[3-[3-aminophenyl] [N-ethyl-N-methylhydrazino]-N-[ [4- iminomethylphenyl]methyl] -5 -oxo- 1(5H)- 1,2,4-triazinyl]]acetamide; [3-[3-aminophenyl] -6-[N,N-diethylhydrazino] [4- iminomethylphenyl]methyl] -5-oxo- 1(5H)- 1,2,4-triazinyl] ]acetamide; 2- [4-[3-[3-aminophenyl]-6-[N-(azetidin- 1-yl)amino] [4- iminomethylphenyl]methyl] -5-oxo- 1(5H)- 1,2,4-triazinyl] ]acetamide.
9. The compound as recited in Claim 2 having the Formula: R H H 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formnula: R 3 4 R 3 3 R3 32 3 36" 3 R 32, R 33, R 34 R 35 and R 36are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R' 1 5 ))pa-(Wbrr wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group 200 consisting of (R 7 )NC(O) and N(R 7 R 7 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 1 5 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R is Z-Q; ZO is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 0 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 12 and any carbon adjacent to both Ro 1 and R 1 2 is optionally substituted by R 1 R 9 R 11 and R 1 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R 1 0 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; Y 0 is formula (IV): 201 R1 6 R 1 8 6 6 Qb (IV) wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K 2 is C, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is 0, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J6 is S, one of D 5 D 6 5 and J6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are N; R 1 6 R 1 7 R 18 and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R 1 6 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one ofR 1 6 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR 2 0 R 2 1, Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, and C(NR 25 )NR23R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 21 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 2 4 is hydroxy at the same time; R 20 R 2 1 R 23 R 24 and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 The compound as recited in Claim 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: 202 33 R 3 *rR 3 32 33 34 35 3 R R R R and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamnino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N- ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 ,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro- 1- hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH, N(CH 3 N(OH), CH 2 CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CHCH 2 and CF 3 CHCH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and RI-c; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamnino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, and bromo; R2 is Z-Q; Z 0 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3- 203 pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 3 a carbon adjacent to R9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 0 a carbon adjacent to R' 3 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R' 0 and R' 2 is optionally substituted by R' 1 R 9 R 11 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3- pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1 -hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; R' 0 and R' 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1 -hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and cyano; YO is selected from the group consisting of: 1 -Qb -4-Q-2-R16-3-R 1-5-R 8 9 benzene, 2_Qb-5-Qs-6-R 17 -4-R"-2-Rg9pyridine 204 3-Qb-6-Qs-2-R 16-5-R -4-R 1 9 pyridine, 2-Qb-4-Q -3-R 16-6-R 18pyrazine, 3-Qb- 6Qs2Rl -5-R -4-R pyridazine, Q9 2_b5Qs6R1 -4-R 18pyrimidine, 5Q -2-Qs-3-R -6-Rl pyrimidine, 3_Qb-5Qs-4.Rl 6 -2-R 1 9 thiophene, 2_b5Q-- 6 4Rtipee 3.Qb5-Qs..4-RI 6 9 furan, 2 .Qb. 5 .QS.3 -Rl 6 -4-Rl 7 fUran, 3_Qb5Qs-4-R' pyrrole, 2_b5Qs3R1 -4-R ~pyrrole, 4-Qb-2-Qs-5-Rl 9 imidazole, 2-Qb-4-Qs.5-Rl1 mdao 6~'aoe 5_Qb-3-Qs.4..RI 1 6 isoxazole, 2-Qb-5-Qs-4-R 16pyrazole, 4..Qb..2.Qs..5.Rl 9 thiazole, and 2_b5Q 7tizl; 16 17 19 R R R' 8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, carboxy, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3 -pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1I- hydroxyethyl, and cyano; R 1 6 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 1 6 and R' 9 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido and C(NR 2 5 )NR 2 3 R 24 with the proviso that no more than one of R 2 3 and R 24 is hydroxy at the same time; R21, R24, and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, and hydroxy; Qs is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
11. The compound as recited in Claim 10 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; 205 B is selected from the group consisting of 2-aminophenyl, 3- aminophenyl, 3 -amidinophenyl, 4-amidinophenyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3- 3-chiorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4- dichiorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3 ,4-difluorophenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-methoxyaminophenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methyiphenyl, 4-methyiphenyl, phenyl, and 3 -trifluoromethyiphenyl; A is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NI{C(O), CII 2 CH 2 ,and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chioro; R 2 is ZOQ; ZO is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of 5-amino-3- amidocarbonylphenyl, 5 -amino-2-fluorophenyl, 3-amino-S hydroxymethylphenyl, 5-amino-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3 -amidinophenyl, 3-amino-2-methylphenyl, 5-amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3-carboxy-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymethyl-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymethylphenyl, 3-chiorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 3-dimethylaminophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 3- methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyaminophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-methylaminophenyl, 3- methylaminophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, phenyl, 3-trifluoroacetamidophenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2- trifluoromethylphenyl, 5-amino-2-thienyl, 5 -amino-3-thienyl, 3-bromo-2- thienyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, and 3-thienyl; Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of: 206 1-Qb-4-Q-2-R 6 -3-R 7 -5-R 18 -6-R 9 benzene, 2-Qb-5-QS-6-R 7-4-R8-2-R 19 pyridine, 3-Qb-6-QS-2-R 1 6 -5-R 18 -4-R 19 pyridine, 3-Qb-5-QS-4-R16-2-R19thiophene, and 2-Qb-5-QS-3-R 6 -4-R17thiophene; R 16 and R' 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amino, aminomethyl, methoxy, methylamino, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, fluoro, chloro, and cyano; R 1 6 and R 1 9 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one ofR' 6 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; R 17 and R 1 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, chloro, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, amino, carboxy, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of Q be wherein Qbe is hydrido and C(NR 25 )NR 2 3 R 24 R 23 R 24 and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and methyl; QS is CH2.
12. The compound as recited in Claim 2 having the Formula: O B *YNN N 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, C2-C8 alkyl, C3- C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting ofR 3 R 3 R 3 3 R 35 and R 36 R 32 R 3 3 R 34 R 35 and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, 207 monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R 5 ))pa-(W 7 )r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of (R 7 )NC(O) and N(R 7 R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 15 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R 2 is Z°-Q; Z 0 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 3 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 0 a carbon adjacent to R 1 3 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R 1 0 and R 1 2 is optionally substituted by R 1 R 9 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R 1 and R' 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, 208 hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; Y 0 is formula (IV): QS R 1 7 6 i R 1 8 5 6 R 1 6 /D K2D R 1 9 b1 Q b (IV) wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K 2 is C, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is 0, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is S, one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are N; R 1 6 R 1 R 1 and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R 1 6 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 1 6 and R 19 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNRR 2 1 Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, C(NR 2 5 )NR 23 R 24 and N(R26)C(N25)N(R23)(R 24 with the provisos that no more than one ofR 20 and R 21 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy at the same time; R 2 R 2 R 23 R 24 R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 209
13. The compound as recited in Claim 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, ethyl, 2-propynyl, 2-propenyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butynyl, scc- butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, 2-methylpropenyl, 1 -pentyl, 2-pentenyl, 3- pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-pentyl, 1 -methyl-2-butenyl, 1 -methyl-3 -butenyl, 1 -methyl-2-butynyl, 3-pentyl, 1 -ethyl-2-propenyl, 2- methylbutyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-3 -butenyl, 2-methyl-3-butynyl, 3- methylbutyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexenyl, 3- hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 2-hexyl, 1- methyl-2-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-3-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-4-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-2- pentynyl, 1 -methyl-3-pentynyl, 3-hexyl, 1 -ethyl-2-butenyl, 1 -ethyl-3-butenyl, 1 -propyl-2-propenyl, 1 -ethyl-2-butynyl, 1 -heptyl, 2-heptenyl, 3 -heptenyl, 4- heptenyl, 5-heptenyl, 6-heptenyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, heptynyl, 2-heptyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-4- hexenyl, 1 -methyl-5-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexynyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexynyl, 1- methyl-4-hexynyl, 3 -heptyl, 1 -ethyl-2-pentenyl, 1 -ethyl-3-pentenyl, 1-ethyl- 4-pentenyl, 1 -butyl-2-propenyl, 1 -ethyl-2-pentynyl, 1 -ethyl-3-pentynyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-5 ,5 trifluoropentyl, 4-trifluoromethylpentyl, 5 ,5,6,6,6-pentafluorohexyl, and 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 5 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 32 R 33 2 R 34 R 35 ,ad 36 R 32 R 33 R 3, R35, and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N- ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 ,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1, 1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamnidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, 210 hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1- hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH, N(CH 3 N(OH), CH 2 CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CHCH 2 and CF 3 CHCH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, and bromo; R2 is ZOQ; Zo is selected from the group consisting ofa covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-fuyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3- pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 3 a carbon adjacent to R9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 0 a carbon adjacent to R' 3 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 2, and any carbon adjacent to both Ro and R' 2 is optionally substituted by R' 1 R 9 R" 1 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3- 211 pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methyl amidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; R1 and R 12are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamnino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-l1-hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamnidocarbonyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and cyano; YO is selected from the group consisting of: 1-Qb -4-Qs-2-R 16-3-R 17-5-R 8-6-R 9benzene, 2_Q s6R1 4R 8 -2-R' 9 pyridine, 3_Q -6Qs--R16 -5R18 -R19pyiie 2_b '3R 6R1 yaie 6Qs218-5R 18-5-R' -4pyridine, 2Q~ 3 .b. 2_b--s6R1 -4-R 1pyrimidine, 5_Qb 2-Qs-3-R 6 9 pyrimidine, 3_Qb -5-Qs.4.R 16-2-R 9thiophene, 2_b--s3R1 -4-R 17 thiophene, 3_Qb 5-Qs-4-RI 1 6 -2-R 1 9 furan, 1 6 7 fUran, 3 _Qb- 5 -Qs.. 4 1 6 9 pyrrole, 2_b--s3R1 4R1proe 4-Q s5R 9 imidazole, 2 _Qb- 4 -Qs- 5 1 7 imidazole, 3 _Qb 5Qs- 4 -R 1 6 isoxazole, 5_Qb- 3 Q- 4 RI 1 6 isoxazole, 2_Q s4R1pyrazole, 4-Qb -2-Qs-5-R 9thiazole, and 2 _Qb- 5 -Qs-4-R 1 7 thiazole; R 16 17 ,R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, carboxy, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, 212 methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1- hydroxyethyl, and cyano; R 1 6 and R19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R16 and R'9 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR 2 0R21, Qbe, wherein Qbe is hydrido, C(NR 2 5 )NR 2 3 R 24 and N(R 26 )C(NR 2 5 )N(R 2 3 )(R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R20 and R21 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 2 4 is hydroxy at the same time; 21 232 26 R21, R23, R24, R25, and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
14. The compound as recited in Claim 13 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido,ethyl, 2-propenyl, 2-propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butyl, (R)-2-butyl,(S)-2-butyl, tert- butyl, isobutyl, 1-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 6- amidocarbonylhexyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-methoxy-2- propyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 2- dimethylaminopropyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- amidinoethyl, 2-guanidinoethyl, 3-guanidinopropyl, 4-guanidinobutyl, 3- hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 6-cyanohexyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 3- methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, (S)-2-methylbutyl, 3-aminopropyl, 2-hexyl, and 4-aminobutyl; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond,CH 2 NHC(O), CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 and CH 3 CHCH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R 1 -C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, 213 amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamnino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chioro; R' is Z 0 -Q; Z 0 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NE,and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of 5-amino-3- amidocarbonylphenyl, 5-amino-2-fluorophenyl, hydroxymethyiphenyl, 5-amino-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-amidinophenyl, 3 -amino-2-methylphenyl, 5-amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3 -carboxy-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymnethyl-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymethyiphenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-chiorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 3-dimethylamninophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2,5 -difluorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 3- methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyaminophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonyiphenyl, 2-methylaminophenyl, 3- methylamninophenyl, 2-methyiphenyl, 3 -methyiphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, phenyl, 3-trifluoroacetamidophenyl, 3-trifluoromethyiphenyl, 2- trifluoromethyiphenyl, 5-amino-2-thienyl, 5-amnino-3-thienyl, 3-bromo-2- thienyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, and 3-thienyl; YO is selected from the group consisting of: 1-b4Q-- 16 1 7 -5-R 1 8 9 benzene, 2_b5Qs6R1 -4-R 18-2-R 9pyridine, 3 Q 6Qs2R -5-R 18-4-R 9pyridine, 3 _Qb -s 4 -R 1 6 -2-R 1 9 thiophene, and 2_b5Q-- 1 7 thiophene; R 16and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amino, aminomethyl, methoxy, methylamino, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, fluoro, chloro, and cyano; R 1 6 and R9 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 16and R9 is Qb at the same time and that Q b is Qbe; R 17and R 18are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, chloro, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, amino, carboxy, and cyano; 214 Qb is selected from the group consisting of Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido and C(NR25NR23R 24 R 23 R 24 and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and methyl; Q' is CH2. The compound as recited in Claim 2 having the Formula: M/ R 2 B/A N N B N AN N H H O or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl and C4 saturated heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 33 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A is optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbon sand a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 9 or R 1 3 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 1 0 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 1 3 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 1 2 a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R' 1 position is optionally substituted with a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 12 position is optionally substituted with R 33 and a ring carbon atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R" and R 33 positions is optionally substituted with R 34 R 9 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; 215 R 1 0 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; R 33 and R 34 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R' 5 ))pa-(W 7 )r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of (R 7 )NC(O) and N(R 7 R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 1 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R 2 is Z°-Q; Zo is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 0 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 2 and any carbon adjacent to both 216 R 1 0 and R 12 is optionally substituted by R YO is formula (IV): QS 17 RI8 6 11 19 R16/ sK 2 R 19 lb Q (IV) wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, K 2 is C, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is O, no more than one of D s D 6 J, and J 6 is S, one of D s D 6 5 and J6 must be a covalent bond when two of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are N; R 16 R 7 R 8 and R 19 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R 16 and R 1 9 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 1 6 and R' 9 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNR 2 R 21 Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, and C(NR25)NR23R24, with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 21 is hydroxy at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy at the same time; R 20 R 21 R 23 R 24 and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
16. The compound as recited in Claim 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; 217 B is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, oxetan-3-yl, azetidin-1l-yl, azetidin-2-yl, azetidin-3-yl, thiaetan-3-yl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl, and cycloheptyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 33 ring carbons and a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 9 or R 13 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R o, and a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 3 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 1 2 R 9 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3- pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; R1o and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1 -hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and cyano; R 33 and R 34 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, 218 trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N- methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1- hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1 -hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH, N(CH 3 N(OH), CH 2 CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CHCH 2 and CF 3 CHCH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, and bromo; R 2 is ZOQ; Zo is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3- pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 0 a carbon adjacent to R' 3 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R'O and R 1 2 iS optionally substituted by R"; 219 Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of: 1 -Qb -4-Qs-2-R 1 6 6 -3-R 1 7 7 -5-R 18-6-R 9benzene, 2_b--s6R1 -4-R -2-R' 9 pyridine, 3_Qb-6Qs-2-R' -5-R pynidine, 2-Qb -4-Qs-3-R 16-6-R 1pyrazine, 3 _Qb_ 6-Qs-2-R 18-5-R -4-R 9pyridazine, 2_b--s6R pyrimidine, 5_b--s3R 9 pyrimidine, 3_Qb-5-Qs.4-R' -2-R 9thiophene, 2_b--s3R1 -4-R 1 7 thiophene, 3_Qb-5-Qs.4Rl 6 -2-R 1 9 furan, 2_b5Q-- 1 6 -4-R 1 7 7 furan, 3_Qb-5-Qs-.4..Rl -2-R 9pyrrole, 2_b--'3R1 -4-R 7pyrrole, 4_b2Q 5R 9 imidazole, 2_b4Q-- 1 7 imidazole, 3_Qb-5Qs-4-R 1 6 isoxazole, 5_Q-3-Qs4-R 1 6 isoxazole, 2_Q s4R1pyrazole, 4-Qb -2-QS-5-Rl 9 thiazole, and 2-5-Qs-4-Rthiazole; R 16, R 17, R1 8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, carboxy, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amnino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamnino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamnino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3 ,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, amnidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro- 1- hydroxyethyl, and cyano; R 16and R9 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 16and R' 9 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of Qb, wherein Qb is hydrido and C(NR 25 )NR 3 R 4 with the proviso that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy at the same time; R11, R24, and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, and hydroxy; Qs is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 220
17. The compound as recited in Claim 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, 2-(2R)-bicyclo[2.2.1] -heptyl, oxetan-3- yl, azetidin- l-yl, azetidin-2-yl, azetidin-3 -yl,and bicyclo[3.1 .0]hexan-6-yl; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, CH 2 NIIC(O), CH 2 CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chloro; R 2 is ZO-Q; Z 0 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of 5-amino-3- amidocarbonylphenyl, 5-amino-2-fluorophenyl, hydroxymethylphenyl, 5-amnino-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3 -amidinophenyl, 3-amino-2-methylphenyl, 5-amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3-carboxy-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymnethyl-5 -aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymethylphenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dichiorophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 3 -dimethylaminophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 3- methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyaminophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-methylaminophenyl, 3- methylaminophenyl, 2-methyiphenyl, 3 -methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, phenyl, 3 -trifluoroacetamnidophenyl, 3-trifluoromethyiphenyl, 2- trifluoromethyiphenyl, 5-amino-2-thienyl, 5-amino-3-thienyl, 3-bromo-2- thienyl, 3 -pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, and 3-thienyl; YO is selected from the group consisting of: 1-Q -4-Qs-2-R 16--R' 1 7 -5-R 18-6-R 9benzene, 221 2-Qb-5-QS-6-R 17-4-R 8 -2-R19pyridine, 3-Qb-6-QS-2-R 6 -5-R 8 -4-R 9p yridine, 3-Qb-5-QS-4-R16-2-R19thiophene, and 2-Qb-5-QS-3-R 6 -4-R 17 thiophene; R' 6 and R 19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amino, aminomethyl, methoxy, methylamino, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, fluoro, chloro, and cyano; R' 6 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one of R 16 and R 1 9 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; R 17 and R 18 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, chloro, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, amino, carboxy, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido and (NR 25 )NR 2 3 R 24 R 23 R 24 and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and methyl; QS is CH2.
18. The compound of claim 2 having the Formula: BMN N H H 0 O or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: R 3 4 R33 R32 R36 222 R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and 7 )r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of (R 7 )NC(O) and N(R 7 R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 1 5 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R 2 is Z°-Q; Z° is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein (a) a ring carbon in a first alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 a ring carbon in a second alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R' 3 a ring carbon, in a first beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 9 is optionally substituted by R' 1 a ring carbon, in a second beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 3 is optionally substituted by R 2 and a ring carbon, if present, in the gamma position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to each of the ring atoms optionally substituted by R' 1 and R 12 respectively, is optionally substituted by R"; R 9 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of 223 hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R' 0 and R' 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; Yo is the formula >Qs S171 I I E 06 R1 5 6 R 1 D D6 R19 Qb wherein DS 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, no more than one of DS 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is O, no more than one of D 5 D6, J, and J6 is S, one of DS 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 must be a covalent bond when two of DS, D6, J5, and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 5 and J 6 are N; 16 11 R 6, and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNR 2 0 R 21 hydrido, and C(NR 2 5 )NR 2 3 R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R20 and R 21 is hydroxy and that no more than one of R 23 and R24 is hydroxy; 20, R21, R23, R24,d R25 are independently selected from the group R R R ,R and R 2 are independently selected from the group 224 consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; and QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
19. The compound as recited in claim 18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; R 32, R33, R34 R 35, and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoro-1 -hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH, N(CH 3 N(OH), CH 2 CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CHCH 2 and CF 3 CHCH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and RI-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, and bromo; R is ZO-Q; ZO is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4- pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 225 4-pyridazinyl, and 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl heteroaryl rings, wherein a ring carbon in a first alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 a ring carbon in a second alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a ring carbon, in a first beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 9 is optionally substituted by R' 1 a ring carbon, in a second beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R' 3 is optionally substituted by R 12 and a ring carbon, if present, in the gamma position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to each of the ring atoms optionally substituted by R 0 i and R 12 respectively, is optionally substituted by R R 9 R 1 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N- dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3- pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N- dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; Rio and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, 1- aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and cyano; 226 Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of: Q. as Q~S%, R 17 R1 R1R1R8 R6R 1 9 R 1 9 Qb bQb N s QNNs as R16 R19 6 QbQb R16 R6R9R 1 C R) C QbQb R 16 Qb I R 19 N Q R17 /17 R16Q 227 1/WY R1QSb N R ,and I R17 N Qb 16 1 81 R 6, and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, carboxy, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N- ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of hydrido and C(NR 2 5 )NR2R4 with the proviso that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy; 23 24 R23, R24, and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, and hydroxy; and QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 The compound as recited in claim 19 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of 2-aminophenyl, 3- aminophenyl, 3-amidinophenyl, 4-amidinophenyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3- 228 -hydroxyphenyl, 3 -chiorophenyl, 4-chiorophenyl, 3,4- dichiorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, 3 ,4-difluorophenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-methoxyaminophenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methyiphenyl, 4-methyiphenyl, phenyl, and 3-trifluoromethyiphenyl; A is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), CH 2 CH 2 ,and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and RI-c; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chloro; R 2is Z-Q; Z 0 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH-,and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of 5-amino-3- amidocarbonylphenyl, 5 -amino-2-fluorophenyl, hydroxymethylphenyl, 5-amnino-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3 -amidinophenyl, 3-amino-2-methylphenyl, 5-amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3-aminophenyl, beuzyl, 3 -carboxyphenyl, 3-carboxy-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymnethyl-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymethylphenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dichiorophenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 3-dimethylamninophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 3- methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyaminophenyl, 3 -methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-methylaminophenyl, 3- methylaminophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3 -methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, phenyl, 3-trifluoroacetamidophenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2- trifluoromethyiphenyl, 5-amino-2-thienyl, 5 -amino-3-thienyl, 3-bromo-2- thienyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, and 3-thienyl; YO is selected from the group consisting of: 229 Qr\ Q.J\ R 1 7 R 18 R 17 R 18 R18 Q Q Qb 16 17 6b ,and R 16 R 1 6 and R 19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amino, aminomethyl, methoxy, methylamino, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, fluoro, chloro, and cyano; R 1 7 and R 18 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, chloro, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, amino, carboxy, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of hydrido and C(NR 2 5 NR23R24 R 23 R 24 and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and methyl; and QS is CH2.
21. The compound of claim 2 having the Formula: N R 2 A N Y o B N N H H 0 O or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 32 R 33 R 34 230 R 35 and R 36 R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R 1 5 ))pa-(W 7 )r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of (R 7 )NC(O) and N(R 7 R 7 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 1 5 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R 2 is Z°-Q; Z° is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl wherein (a) a ring carbon in a first alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 a ring carbon in a second alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 3 a ring carbon, in a first beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 9 is optionally substituted by R 1 0 a ring carbon, in a second beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 1 3 is optionally substituted by R' 2 and a ring carbon, if present, in the gamma position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to each of the ring atoms optionally substituted by R' 1 and R 1 2 respectively, is optionally substituted by R 1 231 R 9 and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R1o and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; YO is the formula R17 R 18 I II R 1 Ds D R R16~ Qb wherein D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and a covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one is a covalent bond, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is O, no more than one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 is S, one of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 must be a covalent bond when two of D D J 5, and J 6 are O and S, and no more than four of D 5 D 6 J 5 and J 6 are N; 16 1 81 R 6, R7, R and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR 20 R 21 hydrido, )NRR 24, and N(R26 )C(NR25)N(R (R 2R 24), with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R21 is hydroxy and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is 232 hydroxy; 2 1 23 24 25 26 R R ,R ,R ,R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and hydroxy; and QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
22. The compound as recited in claim 21 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, ethyl, 2-propynyl, 2-propenyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butynyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, 2-methylpropenyl, 1 -pentyl, 2-pentenyl, 3- pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 2-pentynyl, 3 -pentynyl, 2-pentyl, 1 -methyl-2-butenyl, 1 -methyl-3-butenyl, 1 -methyl-2-butynyl, 3-pentyl, 1 -ethyl-2-propenyl, 2- methylbutyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-3-butenyl, 2-methyl-3 -butynyl, 3- methylbutyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 3 -methyl-3-butenyl, 1 -hexyl, 2-hexenyl, 3- hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 2-hexyl, 1- methyl-2-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-3-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-4-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-2- pentynyl, 1 -methyl-3-pentynyl, 3-hexyl, 1 -ethyl-2-butenyl, 1 -ethyl-3-butenyl, 1 -propyl-2-propenyl, 1 -ethyl-2-butynyl, 1 -heptyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4- heptenyl, 5-heptenyl, 6-heptenyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, heptynyl, 2-heptyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-4- hexenyl, 1 -methyl-5-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexynyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexynyl, 1- methyl-4-hexynyl, 3-heptyl, 1 -ethyl-2-pentenyl, 1 -ethyl-3-pentenyl, 1-ethyl- 4-pentenyl, 1 -butyl-2-propenyl, 1 -ethyl-2-pentynyl, 1 -ethyl-3-pentynyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-5 trifluoropentyl, 4-trifluoromethylpentyl, 5,5 ,6,6,6-pentafluorohexyl, and 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 5 atoms from the point of 32 33 attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R R R 4 R, and R 3 R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 36 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, 233 acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N- ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1- hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, cyano, and Qb; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH, N(CH 3 N(OH), CH 2 CH 3 CH, CF 3 CH, NHC(O), N(CH 3 C(O)NH, C(O)N(CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CHCH 2 and CF 3 CHCH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, and bromo; R 2 is ZOQ; Zo is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and 2-thienyl, 3- thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 3- pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, and 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl heteroaryl rings, wherein a ring carbon in a first alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 a ring carbon in a second alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 3 a ring carbon, in a first beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 9 is optionally substituted by Rio a ring carbon, in a second beta position relative to the ring carbon at the 234 point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R' 3 is optionally substituted by R' 2 and a ring carbon, if present, in the gamma position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to each of the ring atoms optionally substituted by Ro and R 2, respectively, is optionally substituted by R R 9 R" 1 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3- pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N- methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, and cyano; R1o and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, carboxymethyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, methoxyamino, ethoxyamino, acetamido, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, 1 -aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methanesulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1 -hydroxyethyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, N,N-dimethylamidocarbonyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and cyano; YO is selected from the group consisting of: R R R 17 RR 8 R1 R 19 N R 19 R R 19 235 R 18 R1R1RI R 16 R1 0 b Qb ob QS N N. N ss s I 5 <Q 1R9 Qb R6) r R 19 R 16 ,R 17 Qb QbR 16 Qs Qb Qs NH' Qb R16 b Qs H QS H N N 6Qs H Qb A I R N Q b1 17>N R 16 0b R1N s 0 Qb 0 ZQs H N N N R 16 /1 1 Qb 'o jR 6 0 236 \Q$ ,andI/ R17 C Q b 16 17 18 1 R R R and R19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, propyl, carboxy, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, propoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, N-ethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chioro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1- hydroxyethyl, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting ofNR 2 0 R 21 hydrido, C(NR 5 )NR 2 R 2 4 and N(R 26 )C(NR 2 5 )N(R 2 3 )(R 2 4 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 2 1 is hydroxy and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy; 20 p21, 23,R1 24R2 R R R R R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, and hydroxy; and QS is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2
23. The compound as recited in claim 22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, ethyl, 2-propenyl, 2-propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butyl, (R)-2-butyl,(S)-2-butyl, tert- butyl, isobutyl, 1-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 6- amidocarbonylhexyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-methoxy-2- propyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 2- dimethylaminopropyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- amidinoethyl, 2-guanidinoethyl, 3-guanidinopropyl, 4-guanidinobutyl, 3- 237 hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 6-cyanohexyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 3- methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, (S)-2-methylbutyl, 3-aminopropyl, 2-hexyl, and 4-aminobutyl; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, CH 2 NHC(O), CH1 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 and CH 3 CHCH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chioro; R 2 is Z-Q; Z 0 is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, 0, S, NIH, and CH 2 Q is selected from the group consisting of 5-amino-3- amidocarbonylphenyl, 5-amino-2-fluorophenyl, hydroxymethyiphenyl, 5-amino-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3-amidinophenyl, 3-amino-2-methylphenyl, 5-amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3 -aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3-carboxy-5-aminophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymethyl-5-aminophenyl, 3-carboxymethyl-5 hydroxyphenyl, 3-carboxymethylphenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3 -cyanophenyl, 3-dimethylamninophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 3- methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyaminophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-methylaminophenyl, 3- methylaminophenyl, 2-methyiphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methyiphenyl, phenyl, 3 -trifluoroacetamidophenyl, 3 -trifluoromethylphenyl, 2- trifluoromethylphenyl, 5 -amino-2-thienyl, 5-amnino-3 -thienyl, 3-bromo-2- thienyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, and 3-thienyl; YO is selected from the group consisting of: 238 \Qb ,and R 1 6 and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amino, aminomethyl, methoxy, methylamino, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, fluoro, chloro, and cyano; R 17 and R 18 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, chloro, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, amino, carboxy, and cyano; Qb is selected from the group consisting of hydrido and C(NR25NR23R24; R 2 3 R 24 and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and methyl; and QS is CHz.
24. The compound of claim 2 having the Formula: AN R 2 B A N N N H H 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl and C4 saturated heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 33 a ring carbon, other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment, is 239 optionally substituted with oxo provided that no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, a ring carbon or nitrogen in a first alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 a ring carbon or nitrogen in a second alpha position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a ring carbon or nitrogen, if present, in a first beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 9 is optionally substituted by R' 1 a ring carbon or nitrogen, if present, in a second beta position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 13 is optionally substituted by R' 2 a ring carbon or nitrogen, if present, in a first gamma position relative to the ring carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R 1 0 is optionally substituted by R 11 and a ring carbon or nitrogen, if present, in a second gamma position relative to the carbon at the point of attachment and in an alpha position relative to the ring atom optionally substituted by R' 2 is optionally substituted by R 33 R 9 R 1 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, guanidino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfonamido, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, carboxy, carboxamido, and cyano; R' 0 and R 1 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, amidocarbonyl, halo, haloalkyl, and cyano; The compound having the Formula: 240 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: R 3 4 R3 3 R 3 3 R 3 6 R 32 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 3 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, haloalkanoyl, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkylamino, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxamido, cyano, and Qb; B is optionally selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, trialkylsilyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkylenyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, and C2-C8 haloalkyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 6 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or more of the group consisting of R 3 2 R 33 R 34 R 35 and R 36 B is optionally selected from the group consisting of C3-C12 cycloalkyl and C4-C saturated heterocyclyl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 33 a ring carbon other than the ring carbon at the point of attachment of B to A is optionally substituted with oxo provided that 241 no more than one ring carbon is substituted by oxo at the same time, ring carbons and a nitrogen adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment are optionally substituted with R 9 or R 13 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R' 1 a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 1 3 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R' 2 a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R' 1 position is optionally substituted with a ring carbon three atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R 12 position is optionally substituted with R 33 and a ring carbon four atoms from the point of attachment and adjacent to the R"1 and R 33 positions is optionally substituted with R34; R 9 R i, R R 2, and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acetamido, haloacetamido, alkoxyamino, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, amidino, guanidino, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfamido, alkylsulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxamido, and cyano; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond and (CH(R' 5 ))pa-(W 7 )r wherein rr is an integer selected from 0 through 1, pa is an integer selected from 0 through 3, and W 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (R 7 (R 7 and N(R 7 R 7 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy and alkyl; R 15 is selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, and haloalkyl; M is selected from the group consisting of N and R'-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, hydroxyamino, amidino, amino, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, alkylthio, alkoxyamino, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and halo; R 2 is Z°-Q; Z° is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and 242 (CR 41 R 4 2 )q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, (CH(R 4 1 ))g-W 0 (CH(R 42 wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 through 3 and WO is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N(R 41 and (CH(R 41 ))e-W 22 -(CH(R42))h wherein e and h are integers independently selected from 0 through 1 and W 22 is selected from the group consisting of CR 41 =CR42, 1,2-cyclopropyl, 1,2-cyclobutyl, 1,2-cyclohexyl, 1,3-cyclohexyl, 1,2-cyclopentyl, 1,3-cyclopentyl, 2,3-morpholinyl, 2,4-morpholinyl, 2,6- morpholinyl, 3,4-morpholinyl, 3,5-morpholinyl, 1,2-piperazinyl, 1,3- piperazinyl, 2,3-piperazinyl, 2,6-piperazinyl, 1,2-piperidinyl, 1,3-piperidinyl, 2,3-piperidinyl, 2,4-piperidinyl, 2,6-piperidinyl, 3,4-piperidinyl, 1,2- pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-pyrrolidinyl, 2,4-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 3,4-pyrrolidinyl, 2,3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, and 3,4-tetrahydrofuranyl, with the proviso that Zo is directly bonded to the pyrazinone ring; R 41 and R 42 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, and amino; Q is selected from the group consisting of hydrido with the proviso that Zo is other than a covalent single bond, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 0 a carbon adjacent to R 13 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R'O and R 1 2 is optionally substituted by K is CHR 4 a wherein R 4 a is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, and haloalkyl; EO is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond, (R 7 )NS(0) 2 and S(0) 2 N(R 7 YAT is QbQs; QS is (CR 7 R 3 )b wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 4, R 37 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl, and R 38 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, haloalkyl, aroyl, and 243 heteroaroyl with the provisos that there is at least one aroyl or heteroaroyl substituent, that no more than one aroyl or heteroaroyl is bonded to (CRR38)b at the same time, that said aroyl and said heteroaroyl are optionally substituted at from one through three of the ring carbons with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R 6 R 1 7 R 18 and R 1 9 that said aroyl and said heteroaroyl are bonded to the CR 3 R 38 that is directly bonded to Eo, that is no more than one alkyl or one haloalkyl is bonded to a CR37R 3 8 at the same time, and that said alkyl and haloalkyl are bonded to a carbon other than the one bonding the aroyl or heteroaroyl; R 16 R 1 7 R 18 and R 19 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, carboxy, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, alkoxyamino, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, and cyano; R 16 and R 19 are optionally Qb with the proviso that no more than one ofR 16 and R 9 is Qb at the same time and that Qb is Qbe; Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR20R 21 Qbe wherein Qbe is hydrido, N(R26C(NR25)N(R 2 3 )(R 24 and C(NR 25 )NR 23 R 24 with the provisos that no more than one of R 20 and R 21 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time and that no more than one of R 23 and R 24 is hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino at the same time; R 20 R 21 R 23 R 24 R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino.
26. The compound as recited in Claim 25 having the Formula: R 2 B N NNT H H 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is the Formula: 244 R 3 3 R 3 R R 32 33 34 35 36 R R R ,R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, guanidino, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoro, chioro, bromo, amnidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, amidocarbonyl, carboxy, cyano, and Qb; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido, ethyl, 2- propenyl, 2-propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butenyl, 2-butynyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, 2-methyipropenyl, 1-pentyl, 2-pentenyl, 3- pentenyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2- methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbutyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1 -hexyl, 2-hexenyl, 3- hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 2-hexyl, 1 -methyl-2- pentenyl, 1 -methyl-3-pentenyl, 1 -methyl-2-pentynyl, 1 -methyl-3-pentynyl, 3- hexyl, 1 -ethyl-2-butenyl, 1 -heptyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, heptenyl, 2-heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 5-heptynyl, 2-heptyl, 1-methyl- 2-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-3-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-4-hexenyl, 1 -methyl-2-hexynyl, 1- methyl-3-hexynyl, 1 -methyl-4-hexynyl, 3-heptyl, 1 -ethyl-2-pentenyl, 1-ethyl- 3-pentenyl, 1 -ethyl-2-pentynyl, 1 -ethyl-3-pentynyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2- difluoropropyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-5 ,5,5-trifluoropentyl, 4- trifluoromethylpentyl, 5,5 ,6,6,6-pentafluorohexyl, and 3,3 ,3-trifluoropropyl, wherein each member of group B is optionally substituted at any carbon up to and including 5 atoms from the point of attachment of B to A with one or 32 33 34 35 36 more of the group consisting of R 3 R R R 35 and R B is optionally selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, 2-(2R)-bicyclo[2 heptyl, oxetan-3-yl, azetidin-1-yl, azetidin-2-yl, azetidin-3-yl, and 245 bicyclo[3.1 .0]hexan-6-yl, wherein each ring carbon is optionally substituted with R 33 ring carbons and anitrogen adjacent to the carbon atom at the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R9 or R 3, a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R 9 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with Ro 1 0 and a ring carbon or nitrogen adjacent to the R' 3 position and two atoms from the point of attachment is optionally substituted with R 12 R9, R 11 and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, amino, N-methylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, methylthio, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, carboxy, and cyano; R' 0 and R' 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, amidino, amidocarbonyl, N-methylamidocarbonyl, guanidino, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl, carboxy, carboxymethyl, amino, acetamido, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoroacetamido, aminomethyl, N- methylamino, dimethylamino, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, N,N- dimethylamidosulfonyl, methoxycarbonyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and cyano; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, NH, N(CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH, CH 2 CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and RI-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, cyano, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethoxy, 1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethoxy, fluoro, chloro, and bromo; R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-thienyl, 2-furyl, 2- pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, and 3-pyridyl, wherein a carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 9 the other carbon adjacent to the carbon at the point of 246 attachment is optionally substituted by R 13 a carbon adjacent to R 9 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 0 a carbon adjacent to R1 3 and two atoms from the carbon at the point of attachment is optionally substituted by R 1 2 and any carbon adjacent to both R'O and R 1 2 is optionally substituted by R 1 YAT is QbQs; QS is selected from the group consisting of: C[R 37 (benzoyl)] (CR 3 7 R 38 C[R 37 (2-pyridylcarbonyl])](CR 3 7 R 38 C[R 37 (3-pyridylcarbonyl])](CR 37 R 3 8 C[R 37 (4-pyridylcarbonyl])](CR 37 R 3 C[R 37 (2-thienylcarbonyl])](CR 3 7 R 38 C[R 37 (3-thienylcarbonyl])](CR 37 R 38 C[R 37 (2-thiazolylcarbonyl])](CR 37 R38)b], C[R 37 (4-thiazolylcarbonyl])](CR 37 R 38 and C[R 37 (5-thiazolylcarbonyl])](CR 3 7 R 38 wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 3, R 37 and R 38 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl, with the provisos that said aroyl and said heteroaroyl are optionally substituted at from one through three of the ring carbons with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R 6 R 1 7 R 18 and R 19 with the proviso that R 1 7 and R' 8 are optionally substituted at a carbon selected from other than the meta and para carbons relative to the carbonyl of the benzoyl substituent and the heteroaroyl substituent, that said benzoyl and said heteroaroyl are bonded to the carbon directly bonded to amide nitrogen of the 1-(amidocarbonymethylene) group, and that is no more than one alkyl or one haloalkyl is bonded to a CR 37 R 38 at the same time; R 1 6 R 1 R 18 and R 1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrido, methyl, ethyl, amidino, guanidino, methoxy, hydroxy, amino, aminomethyl, 1-aminoethyl, 2-aminoethyl, N-methylamino, dimethylamino, methylthio, ethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, methylsulfinyl, methylsulfonyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, chloro, amidosulfonyl, N-methylamidosulfonyl, hydroxymethyl, carboxy, and cyano; 247 Qb is selected from the group consisting of NR 2 0 R 21 and C(NR")NR"R with the proviso that said Qb group is bonded directly to a carbon atom; R 2, R21, R23 R 24, and R25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, and ethyl.
27. The compound as recited in Claim 26 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of 2-aminophenyl, 3- aminophenyl, 3-amidinophenyl, 4-amidinophenyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 3- 3-chiorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4- dichlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-methoxyaminophenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methyiphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, phenyl, and 3-trifluoromethylphenyl; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido,ethyl, 2- propenyl, 2-propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butyl, (R)-2-butyl,(S)-2- butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, 1-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, 6-amidocarbonylhexyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-methoxy-2-propyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 2- dimethylaminopropyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- amidinoethyl, 2-guanidinoethyl, 3-guanidinopropyl, 4-guanidinobutyl, 3- hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 6-cyanohexyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 3- methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, (S)-2-methylbutyl, 3-aminopropyl, 2-hexyl, and 4-aminobutyl; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-(2R)-bicyclo[2.2.1 ]-heptyl, oxetan-3- yl, azetidin-1-yl, azetidin-2-yl, an d azetidin-3-yl; A is selected from the group consisting of single covalent bond, CH 2 CH 3 CH, CH 2 CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and RI-C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, amidino, hydroxyamino, aminomethyl, methylamino, cyano, methyl, 248 trifluoromethyl, methoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxyamino, methylthio, trifluoromethoxy, fluoro, and chioro; R2 is selected from the group consisting of 5-amino-3- amidocarbonyiphenyl, 5-amino-2-fluorophenyl, 3 hydroxymethyiphenyl, 5-amino-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 3 -amidinophenyl, 3- amino-2-methylphenyl, 5 -amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3 -aminophenyl, benzyl, 3- carboxyphenyl, 3-carboxy-5-aminophenyl, 3-carboxy-5-hydroxyphenyl, 3- 3-carboxymethyl-5-hydroxyphenyl, 3- carboxymethyiphenyl, 3-chiorophenyl, 2-chiorophenyl, 2,6-dichiorophenyl, 3- cyanophenyl, 3-dimethylaminophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3 -hydroxyphenyl, 3- methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyaminophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonyiphenyl, 2-methylaminophenyl, 3- methylaminophenyl, 2-methyiphenyl, 3-methyiphenyl, 4-methyiphenyl, phenyl, 3-trifluoroacetamidophenyl, 3-trifluoromethyiphenyl, 2-trifluoromethyiphenyl, amnino-2-thienyl, 5-amino-3-thienyl, 3-bromo-2-thienyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2- thienyl, and 3-thienyl; YA is Qb-QS; QS is selected from the group consisting of: [CH(benzoyl)](CH 2 [CH(2-pyridylcarbonyl)](CH 2 )b, [CH(3-pyridylcarbonyl)] (CH 2 [CH(4-pyridylcarbonyl)] (CH2)b, [CH(2-thienylcarbonyl)](CH 2 [CH(3-thienylcarbonyl)](CH 2 )b, [CH(2-thiazolylcarbonyl)](CH 2 [CH(4-thiazolylcarbonyl)](CH 2 )b, and [CH(5-thiazolylcarbonyl)](CH 2 wherein b is an integer selected from 1 through 3, with the provisos that said aroyl and said heteroaroyl are optionally substituted at from one through three of the ring carbons with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R 16 R1 7 R" 8 and R 19 with the proviso that R 1 7 and R 18 are optionally substituted at a carbon selected from other than the meta and para carbons relative to the carbonyl of the benzoyl substituent and the heteroaroyl substituent, and that said benzoyl and said heteroaroyl substituent are bonded to the carbon directly bonded to amide nitrogen of the 1 -(amidocarbonymethylene) group; R 1 6 and R1 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of 249 hydrido, amidino, amino, aminomethyl, methoxy, methylamino, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, fluoro, chioro, and cyano; R' 7 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, chioro, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, amino, carboxy, and cyano; Qb is C(NR 25 )NR 23 R 2 4 R21, R24, and R 25 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and methyl.
28. The compound as recited in Claim 27 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; B is selected from the group consisting of 3-aminophenyl, 3- amidinophenyl, 4-amidinophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4- dichlorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, and phenyl; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrido,ethyl, 2- propenyl, 2-propynyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butyl, (R)-2-butyl,(S)-2- butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, 1-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, 6-amidocarbonylhexyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-methoxy-2-propyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 2- dimethylaminopropyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- amidinoethyl, 2-guanidinoethyl, 3-guanidinopropyl, 4-guanidinobutyl, 3- hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 6-cyanohexyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 3- methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, (S)-2-methylbutyl, 3-aminopropyl, 2-hexyl, and 4-aminobutyl; B is optionally selected from the group consisting of cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-(2R)-bicyclo[2.2. 1]-heptyl, oxetan-3- yl, azetidin-1-yl, azetidin-2-yl, and azetidin-3-yl; A is selected from the group consisting of a single covalent bond, CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 and CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 M is selected from the group consisting of N and R 1 -C; R' is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, amino, methyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoro, and chloro; R2 is selected from the group consisting of 3-aminophenyl, benzyl, 2,6- dichlorophenyl, 5-amino-2-thienyl, 5-amino-2-fluorophenyl, 3-amino-2- 250 methyiphenyl, 5-amino-2-methylthiophenyl, 3 -carboxyphenyl, 3-cyanophenyl, 3- chiorophenyl, 2-hydroxyhenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 3- methanesulfonylaminophenyl, 3-methoxycarbonyiphenyl, 3- dimethylamninophenyl, 3-methylaminophenyl, 2-methyiphenyl, 3-methyiphenyl, phenyl, 3-pyridyl, 3-trifluoroacetamidophenyl, 3-bromo-2-thienyl, 2-thienyl, and 3-thienyl; .YA is selected from the group consisting of 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, 5-guanidino-l1-oxo-l1-(4-thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, 1 -oxo-l1-(5-thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, 5 -guanidino-l1-oxo-l1-(4-amino-2-thiazolyl)-2- pentyl, and 5-guanidino-l1-oxo-l1-phenyl-2-pentyl.
29. A compound as recited in Claim 25 where said compound is selected ftrm the group having the Formula; M K R 2 AN yA B NNN H H or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R2 is 3-aminophenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1- (2-thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CH; .R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CH; R2 is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-l-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CH; R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 Yl is 5-guanidino-l-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CH; R 2is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CH; R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CH; R2 is 3-amninophenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino- I-oxo-1I- (2-thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CF; 251 R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yTis 5-guanidino-1-oxo-l-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CF; R 2is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CF; R2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CF; R2 is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CF; R2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CF; R 2 is 3-aminophenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1- (2-thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CC1; R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-l-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CCI; R 2is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CC1; R2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CC1; R2 is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CC1; R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is CCl; R2is 3-aminophenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1- (2-thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M isN; R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is N; R 2 is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is N; R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 yAT is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M isN; R2 is benzyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is N; R 2 is phenyl, B is phenyl, A is CH 2 CH 2 YA is 5-guanidino-1-oxo-1-(2- 252 thiazolyl)-2-pentyl, and M is N. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
31. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
32. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of any one of claims 2 to 11 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
33. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of any one of claims 12 to 14 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
34. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of any one of claims 15 to 17 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of any one of claims 18 to 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
36. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of any one of claims 21 to 23 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
37. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising a compound of claim 24 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
38. A composition for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood 253 comprising a compound of any one of claims 25 to 29 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
39. A method for inhibiting thrombotic conditions in blood comprising adding to blood a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38. A method for inhibiting formation of blood platelet aggregates in blood comprising adding to blood a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38.
41. A method for inhibiting thrombus formation in blood comprising adding to blood a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38.
42. A method for treating or preventing venuous thromboembolism and pulmonary embolism in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38.
43. A method for treating or preventing deep vein thrombosis in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38.
44. A method for treating or preventing cardiogenic thromboembolism in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38. A method for treating or preventing thromboembolic stroke in humans and other mammals comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically 254 effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38.
46. A method for treating or preventing thrombosis associated with cancer and cancer chemotherapy in humans and other mammals comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38.
47. A method for treating or preventing unstable angina in humans and other mammals comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a composition of any one of claims 31 to 38.
48. A method for inhibiting thrombus formation in blood comprising adding to blood a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29 with a therapeutically effective amount of fibrinogen receptor antagonist.
49. The use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of medicament for inhibiting thrombus formation, treating thrombus formation, or preventing thrombus formation in a mammal. DATED this 31 day of May 2004 PHARMACIA CORPORATION, By its Patent Attorneys, E. F. WELLINGTON CO., By: (Bruce Wellington BW4797a 255
AU2004202375A 1999-05-19 2004-05-31 Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants Abandoned AU2004202375A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13479499P 1999-05-19 1999-05-19
US60/134794 1999-05-19
PCT/US2000/009806 WO2000069832A1 (en) 1999-05-19 2000-05-17 Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
AU49734/00A Division AU771718B2 (en) 1999-05-19 2000-05-17 Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
AU2004202375A1 true AU2004202375A1 (en) 2004-06-24

Family

ID=22465042

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
AU49734/00A Ceased AU771718B2 (en) 1999-05-19 2000-05-17 Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants
AU2004202375A Abandoned AU2004202375A1 (en) 1999-05-19 2004-05-31 Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
AU49734/00A Ceased AU771718B2 (en) 1999-05-19 2000-05-17 Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants

Country Status (22)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1178970A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2002544262A (en)
KR (1) KR20010114271A (en)
CN (1) CN1157380C (en)
AR (1) AR030021A1 (en)
AU (2) AU771718B2 (en)
BR (1) BR0010758A (en)
CA (1) CA2373614A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ20014116A3 (en)
EA (1) EA004867B1 (en)
HU (1) HUP0201242A3 (en)
IL (1) IL146243A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA01011804A (en)
NO (1) NO20015604L (en)
NZ (1) NZ514874A (en)
PE (1) PE20010229A1 (en)
PL (1) PL352827A1 (en)
SK (1) SK15852001A3 (en)
TW (1) TWI222445B (en)
UY (1) UY26156A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2000069832A1 (en)
ZA (2) ZA200109339B (en)

Families Citing this family (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6750342B1 (en) 1999-05-19 2004-06-15 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6867217B1 (en) 1999-05-19 2005-03-15 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyridones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6458952B1 (en) 1999-05-19 2002-10-01 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6716838B1 (en) 1999-05-19 2004-04-06 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils as anticoagulative agents
AU771740B2 (en) * 1999-05-19 2004-04-01 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils as anticoagulative agents
US7015230B1 (en) 1999-05-19 2006-03-21 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6653316B1 (en) 1999-05-19 2003-11-25 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6664255B1 (en) 1999-05-19 2003-12-16 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6660885B2 (en) 2000-03-13 2003-12-09 Pharmacia Corporation Polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl substituted benzenes useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
EP1268428A2 (en) 2000-04-05 2003-01-02 Pharmacia Corporation Polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl substituted 4-pyridones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
DE60108948T2 (en) 2000-04-05 2005-11-03 Pharmacia Corp. POLYCYCLIC ARYL AND HETEROARYL SUBSTITUTED 4-PYRONES USE AS SELECTIVE INHIBITION FROM THE COAGULATION PROCESS
CA2405684A1 (en) 2000-04-17 2001-10-25 Pharmacia Corporation Polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl substituted 1,4-quinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
AU2001222501A1 (en) * 2000-05-18 2001-11-26 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6710058B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2004-03-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Monocyclic or bicyclic carbocycles and heterocycles as factor Xa inhibitors
US7015223B1 (en) 2000-11-20 2006-03-21 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl 1,2,4-triazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US7119094B1 (en) 2000-11-20 2006-10-10 Warner-Lambert Company Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroarpyl pyrazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
JP2004517074A (en) 2000-11-20 2004-06-10 ファルマシア・コーポレーション Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyridines useful for selectively inhibiting the coagulation cascade
EP1438292A1 (en) 2001-10-03 2004-07-21 Pharmacia Corporation 6-membered heterocyclic compounds useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
CA2462647A1 (en) * 2001-10-03 2003-04-10 Michael S. South 6-membered unsaturated heterocyclic compounds useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
EP1432687A2 (en) 2001-10-03 2004-06-30 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted 5-membered polycyclic compounds useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
AU2003215379A1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2003-09-09 Pharmacia And Upjohn Company Substituted pyrimidinones and pyrimidinthiones
TW200307667A (en) 2002-05-06 2003-12-16 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Sulfonylaminovalerolactams and derivatives thereof as factor Xa inhibitors
US7217794B2 (en) 2003-04-02 2007-05-15 Daiamed, Inc. Compounds and methods for treatment of thrombosis
US7182738B2 (en) 2003-04-23 2007-02-27 Marctec, Llc Patient monitoring apparatus and method for orthosis and other devices
JP5002592B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2012-08-15 フアーマコペイア・インコーポレイテツド Azinone and diazinon V3 inhibitors for depression and stress disorders
CN104311537B (en) * 2014-09-19 2016-08-24 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Containing pyrimidone acetyl substituents pyrazole compound and combinations thereof thing and purposes

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5441960A (en) * 1992-04-16 1995-08-15 Zeneca Limited 1-pyrimidinylacetamide human leukocyte elastate inhibitors
US5948785A (en) * 1995-04-27 1999-09-07 The Green Cross Corporation Heterocyclic amide compounds and pharmaceutical use of the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
UY26156A1 (en) 2000-12-29
CN1351593A (en) 2002-05-29
AR030021A1 (en) 2003-08-13
WO2000069832A1 (en) 2000-11-23
CN1157380C (en) 2004-07-14
AU771718B2 (en) 2004-04-01
MXPA01011804A (en) 2003-09-04
HUP0201242A2 (en) 2002-12-28
JP2002544262A (en) 2002-12-24
EA200101214A1 (en) 2002-06-27
BR0010758A (en) 2003-06-10
NO20015604L (en) 2002-01-11
AU4973400A (en) 2000-12-05
TWI222445B (en) 2004-10-21
IL146243A0 (en) 2002-07-25
PE20010229A1 (en) 2001-03-07
NZ514874A (en) 2004-11-26
CZ20014116A3 (en) 2002-06-12
EP1178970A1 (en) 2002-02-13
KR20010114271A (en) 2001-12-31
EA004867B1 (en) 2004-08-26
ZA200109339B (en) 2004-05-26
ZA200400448B (en) 2004-09-29
NO20015604D0 (en) 2001-11-16
SK15852001A3 (en) 2003-06-03
CA2373614A1 (en) 2000-11-23
HUP0201242A3 (en) 2003-02-28
PL352827A1 (en) 2003-09-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU771718B2 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrymidinones useful as anticoagulants
AU771740B2 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils as anticoagulative agents
US20020198199A1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyridines useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
AU771928B2 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyridones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
AU775229B2 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6664255B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6653316B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6458952B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6750342B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6867217B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyridones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US7015230B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US7015223B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl 1,2,4-triazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US6716838B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl uracils as anticoagulative agents
US6906068B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl 1,2,4 - triazinones useful as anticoagulants
WO2001087851A1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US7119094B1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroarpyl pyrazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
US20040068113A1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyridines useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade
EP1586565A1 (en) Substituted polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl pyrazinones useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade